Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Published by
Vedantu Innovations Private Limited
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com
Vedantu Innovations Private Ltd.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or
by any means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or by
any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the
publishers.
Notice : Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best of the resources and
knowledge. Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book
from sources regarded as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this
book. However, we as authors and publishers are not to be held responsible for unin-
tentional mistakes that might have crept in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought
to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged and rectified in upcoming editions.
Printed by
Colours Imprint
475C, Adugodi Main Road,
8th Block, Koramangala, Bengaluru 560 095
www.coloursimprint.com
3
4
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
It gives me immense pleasure to present to you a Ready Reckoner and Practice booklet by
Vedantu - ‘TATVA’. Tatva in Sanskrit, means a collection of “Core” content/truth and isn’t that
what Vedantu brings to your table - the Core? Vedantu, at all times, ensures that you have
easy accessibility to a collection of essential concepts, theory, derivations, definitions, solved
examples, concept videos, and practice questions, important questions from competitive
examinations and I am pleased to say that all questions in ‘Tatva’ come with detailed solutions.
Tatva is the result of the constant endeavour and research done by our highly experienced
team of teachers and subject experts who compiled relevant content for you so that you come
out with flying colours in IIT JEE/NEET and Olympiads. We strongly believe and vouch for the
effectiveness and relevance of this booklet to grab the desired rank in IIT JEE/ NEET.
Anand Prakash
Founder, Academic Head
Vedantu
Credits
“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement
and the thrill of creative effort.”
—Theodore Roosevelt
Tatva is the brainchild of the creative Vedans who The managers who understood every aspect of what
strived tirelessly to weave success stories for you. Our the leadership were trying to accomplish and brought
heartfelt thanks to the Super Vedans who give wings so much of their own to the table and managed the
to the vision of Vedantu. execution of ‘Tatva’ immaculately.
Our leaders who have been our guiding light and Kiran Kumari Harish Rao
encouragement in every step: Bhavya Bangera Shraddha
Vamsi Sir, Anand Prakash Sir and Pulkit Sir Sushmitha Akshatha
Charubak Chakrabarti
Our gratitude to the insightful leadership and
guidance of our leaders who dreamt about ‘Tatva’, Our heartfelt gratitude to ourcreative content
steered the project in the right direction and were developers, the dedicated master teachers and the
instrumental in making this dream into a reality: DTP team who have put in their hard work, insights,
eagerness to execute and nurtured Tatva into ‘your
Sahil Bhatia Shubam Gupta ready handbook’ and to bring positive learning
Arshad Shahid Ajay Mittal experience to you.
JaideepSontakke Sudhanshu Jain
Physics Team
A loud shout out for our media team - a bunch of creative minds with contagious energy. We cannot thank
them enough.
Special thanks and appreciation for the enthusiastic support provided by Arunima Kar, Savin Khandelwal,
Dipshi Shetty, Mohamed Anzar and Anuska Singh.
The journey of the imagination to the reality of ‘Tatva’ would not have been possible without our enthusiastic
Operations Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated team of Teachers and our talented Tech
Team.
Table of Contents
CIRCULAR MOTION
Theory ........................................................................................................................................... 55
ROTATIONAL MOTION
Theory ..................................................................................................................................... 152
Solved Examples .................................................................................................................... 159
Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions ............................................................................... 164
Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE Mains Questions ................................................................ 172
Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ....................................................................... 179
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions .......................................................... 198
Answer Key ............................................................................................................................. 210
GRAVITATION
Theory ..................................................................................................................................... 213
Solved Examples .................................................................................................................... 224
Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions ............................................................................... 238
Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE Mains Questions ................................................................ 242
Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ....................................................................... 247
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions .......................................................... 259
Answer Key ............................................................................................................................. 262
01
WORK, POWER & ENERGY
9 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
1. WORK
W ˆi Fx ˆjFy kˆ Fz . ˆi x ˆj y kˆ z
In Physics, work stands for ‘mechanical work’.
Work is said to be done by a force when the body is W x Fx y Fy zFz
displaced actually through some distance in the direction
Obviously, work is a scalar quantity, i.e., it has magnitude
of the applied force.
only and no direction. However, work done by a force can
However, when there is no displacement in the direction be positive or negative or zero.
of the applied force, no work is said to be done, i.e., work
done is zero, when displacement of the body in the direction 2. DIMENSIONS AND UNITS OF WORK
of the force is zero. 1 1 –2
As work = force × distance W = (M L T ) × L
Suppose a constant force F acting on a body produces a
W M1 L2 T 2
displacement s in the body along the positive x-direction,
figure This is the dimensional formula of work.
The units of work are of two types :
F 1. Absolute units 2. Gravitational units
(a) Absolute unit
1. Joule. It is the absolute unit of work on SI.
Work done is said to be one joule, when a force of one
s newton actually moves a body through a distance of one
metre in the direction of applied force.
If is the angle which F makes with the positive x– From W = F cos
1 joule = 1 newton × 1 metre × cos 0° = 1 N–m
direction of the displacement, then the component of F in
the direction of displacement is (F cos ). As work done 2. Erg. It is the absolute unit of work on cgs system.
by the force is the product of component of force in the Work done is said to be one erg, when a force of one dyne
direction of the displcement and the magnitude of the actually moves a body through a distance of one cm.in
displacement, the direction of applied force.
From W = Fs cos
W F cos s ...(1)
1 eg = 1 dyne × 1 cm × cos 0°
If displacement is in the direction of force applied, = 0°. (b) Gravitational units
From (1), W = (F cos 0°) s = F s
These are also called the practical units of work.
Equation (1) can be rewritten as W F.s ...(2) 1. Kilogram-metre (kg–m). It is the gravitational unit of
work on SI.
Thus, work done by a force is the dot product of force and Work done is said to be one kg–m, when a force of 1 kg f
displacement. move a body through a distance of 1 m in the direction of
the applied force.
In terms of rectangular cmponent, F and s, may written as
From W = F s cos
ˆ and s ˆix ˆjy kz
F ˆi Fx ˆjFy kF ˆ
z 1 kg–m = 1 kg f × 1 m × cos 0° = 9.8 N × 1 m = 9.8 joule, i.e.,
1kg m 9.8 J
From (2), W F.s
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 10
Although work done is a scalar quantity, its value may be 4. WORK DONE BY A VARIABLE FORCE
positive, negative, negative or even zero, as detailed below:
(a) Graphical Method
(a) Positive work
A constant force is rare. It is the variable force which is
As W = F.s = F s cos encountered more commonly. We can, therefore, learn to
when is acute (< 90°), cos is positive. Hence, work calculate work done by a variable force, let us consider a
done is positive. force acting along the fixed direction, say x–axis, but
having a variable magnitude.
For example :
We have to calculate work done in moving the body from
(i) When a body falls freely under the action of gravity, A to B under the action of this variable force. To do this,
= 0°, cos = cos 0° = + 1. Therefore, work done by we assume that the entire displacement from A to B is
gravity on a body falling freely is positive. made up of a large number of infinitesimal displacements.
(b) Negative work One such displacement shown in figure from P to Q.
As the displacement PQ = dx is infinitesimally small, we
As W = F. s = F s cos
consider that all along this displacement, force is constant
When is obtuse (> 90°), cos is negative. Hence, work in magnitude (= PS) as well in same direction.
done is negative. Small amount of work done in moving the body from P to
For example : Q is
(i) When a body is thrown up, its motion is opposed by dW = F × dx = (PS) (PQ) = area of strip PQRS
Total work done in moving the body from A to B is given by
gravity. The angle between gravitational force F and
the displacement s is 180°. As cos = cos 180° = –1, W = dW
therefore, work done by gravity on a body moving W = F × dx
upwards is negative.
If the displacement are allowed to approach zero, then the
number of terms in the sum increases without limit. And
the sum approaches a definite value equal to the area under
Positive work Negative the curve CD.
done by work done by F (x)
Gravitational Gravitational C
Force Force
R
S
D
XA XB
O x
A PQ B
Distance
(a)
11 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
F (x) dW F.ds
C
When ds 0, total work done in moving the body from A
to B can be obtained by integrating the above expression
D
between SA and SB.
Work S
B
W F.ds
O x SA
A B
(b)
5. CONSERVATIVE & NON-CONSERVATIVE FORCES
Hence, we may rewrite, W = limit F dx Conservative force
dx x
In the language of integral calculus, we may write it as A force is said to be conservative if work done by or against
the force in moving a body depends only on the initial and
xB
final positions of the body, and not on the nature of path
W F dx , where xA = OA and xB = OB
followed between the initial and the final positions.
xA
W M1L2 T 2 F V
P 1
M1 L2 T 3
t T
s
Units of power
2 2
The absolute unit of power in SI is watt, which is denoted From v – u = 2 a s
2
by W. v – 0 = 2 as
From P = W/t
v2
a
1 joule 2s
1 watt = , i.e., 1W 1Js1
1sec
v2
Power of a body is said to be one watt, if it can do one As F = m a using, F = m
2s
joule of work in one second.
Work done on the body, W = Force × distance
1 h.p. 746 W
v2
Wm s
7. ENERGY 2s
dv ds
From, dW = m ds m dv m m
dt dt
(a) (b)
ds
dW = m v d v v
dt
v v 2
2
W mvd v m vdv m
0 0 2 0
p
1 (c)
W m v2
2
10. WORK ENERGY THEOREM OR
Thus, kinetic energy of a body is half the product of mass
of the body and square of velocity of the body.
WORK ENERGY PRINCIPLE
According to this principle, work done by net force in
9. RELATION BETWEEN KINETIC ENERGY
displacing a body is equal to change in kinetic energy of
AND LINEAR MOMENTUM the body.
Let m = mass of a body, v = velocity of the body. Thus, when a force does some work on a body, the kinetic
Linear momentum of the body, p = mv energy of the body increases by the same amount.
Conversely, when an opposing (retarding) force is applied
1 1 on a body, its kinetic energy decreases. The decrease in
and K.E. of the body 2 mv 2 m m v
2 2 2
dv
Now, F = ma = m
dt
dv ds
dW = F (ds) = m ds = m dv = mv dv
dt dt F h
ds
v
dt
Total work done by the applied force on the body in
increasing its velocity from u to v is If we assume that height h is not too large and the value of
g is practically constant over this height, then the force
v
v v
v2 applied just to overcome gravitational attraction is
W mvd v m vd v m
u u 2 u F = mg
As the distance moved is in the direction of the force
1 1 1 applied, therefore,
W m v 2 u 2 mv 2 mu 2
2 2 2 Work done = force × distance
W = F × h = mgh
1 2 1 2
But mv = Kf = final K.E. of the body and mu = Ki = Note that we have taken the upward direction to be positive.
2 2
Therefore, work done by applied force = + mgh. However,
initial K.E. of the body work done by gravitational force = – mgh.
W = Kf – Ki = Increases in K.E. of body This work gets stored as potential energy. The gravitational
i.e., work done on the body = increase in K.E. of body. potential energy of a body, as a function of height (h) is
denoted by V (h), and it is negative of work done by the
11. POTENTIAL ENERGY gravitational force in raising the body to that height.
The potential energy of a body is defined as the energy Gravitational P.E. = V (h) = mgh
possessed by the body by virtue of its position or 11.2 Potential Energy of a spring
configuration in some field.
Potential energy of a spring is the energy associated with
Thus, potential energy is the energy that can be associated
the state of compression or expansion of an elastic spring.
with the configuration (or arrangement) of a system of
objects that exert forces on one another. Obviously, if To calculate it, consider an elastic spring OA of negligible
configuration of the system changes, then its potential mass. The end O of the spring is fixed to a rigid support
energy changes. and a body of mass m is attached to the free end A. Let the
spring be oriented along x–axis and the body of mass m lie
Two important types of potential energy are : on a perfectly frictionless horizontal table.
1. Gravitational potential energy
2. Elastic potential energy. O
11.1 Gravitational Potential Energy A
Gravitational potential energy of a body is the energy The position of the body A, when spring is unstretched is
possessed by the body by virtue of its position above the chosen as the origin.
surface of the earth. When the spring is compressed or elongated, it tends to
To calculate gravitational potential energy, suppose recover to its original length, on account of elasticity. The
force trying to bring the spring back to its original
m = mass of a body
configuration is called restoring force or spring force.
g = acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth.
For a small stretch or compression, spring obeys Hook’s
h = height through which the body is raised, figure. law, i.e., for a spring,
15 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
Restoring Force stretch or compression This is called the principle of conservation of total
– F x or – F = kx mechanical energy.
where k is a constant of the spring and is called spring For simplicity, we assume the motion to be one dimensional
constant. only. Suppose a body undergoes a small displacement x
under the action of a conservative force F. According to
1 work energy theorem,
It is established that for a spring, k
change in K.E. = work done
i.e., smaller the length of the spring, greater will be the K = F (x) x
force constant and vice-versa. As the force is conservative, the potential energy function
The negative sign in equation indicates that the restoring V (x) is defined as
force is directed always towards the equilibrium position. – V = F (x) x or V = – F (x) x
Let the body be displaced further through an infinitesimally Adding, we get K + V = 0 or (K + V) = 0,
small distance dx, against the resotring force.
which means
Small amount of work done in increasing the length of the
spring by dx is K V E constant
dW = – F dx = kx dx
Total work done in giving displacement x to the body can 12.1 Illustration of the law of conservation
be obtained by integrating from x = 0 to x = x, i.e., of mechanical energy
There are two ways in which we can characterize a Conservative 18.2 Main steps for analysing forces
Force : in uniform circular motion
A force is conservative if :
Take one axis along the radius of circle (i.e., in direction of
The net work done against the force in moving a mass acceleration) and other axis perpendicular to the radius. Resolve
between two points depends only on the location of two all the forces into components.
points and not on the path followed
Net force along perpendicular axis = 0
17.2 Non-Conservative Forces
Net force along radial axis (towards centre)
Those forces which do not satisfy the above mentioned criteria.
Friction and viscous forces are the most common examples of mv 2
m2 r
non-conservative forces. r
17.3 Conservative Forces and Potential Energy 18.3 Main steps for analysing forces in
For every conservative force, there is a corresponding potential Non–uniform Circular Motion
energy function. In each cases, the potential energy expression
After resolving all the forces along tangential and radial axes :
depends only on position.
For every conservative force Fx that depends only on the position net tangential force = Ft = m at
x, there is an associated potential energy function U(x). When net radial force = Fr = m ar = mv2/r
conservative force does positive work, the potential energy of
Example of non-uniform circular motion : the motion of particle
the system decreases. Work done by, conservative force is
in verticle circle. If a particle is revolved in a vertical circle with the
F(x) x = – U help of a string, the forces are : tension (T) towards centre and
F(x) = – U / x weight (mg). In case of a particle moving along the outside surface
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 18
of a circular track (or sphere), the forces are : normal reaction (N) its own weight & the tension in the string.
away from the centre and weight (mg). Let the radius of the circle = l
18.4 Conical Pendulum
A small block of mass m is rotated in a horizontal circle with the
help of a string of length l connected to m. The other end of the
string is fixed to a point O vertically above the cnetre of the circle
so that the string is always inclined with the vertical at an angle .
This arrangement is known as a conical pendulum. (a) At the top : Let vt = velocity at the top
mv 2t
net force towards centre =
l T
mv 2t mv 2t
T mg T mg
r For the movement in the circle, the string should remain tight i.e.
mg the tension must be positive at all positions.
From the force diagram of the block. As the tension is minimum at the top Ttop 0
Along the vertical : T cos = mg ...(i)
mv 2t
Net force towards centre : T sin = ma mg 0 v t g
T sin = m2 r ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have minimum or critical velocity at the top = 1 g
g tan g tan g
2
r sin cos
2 cos
Time period = T = 2
g
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example - 1 Sol. (a) Yes, For example, when a bomb explodes linear momentum
Can K.E. of a system be increased or decreased without is conserved, but KE changes.
applying any external force on the system ? (b) Yes, For example, in case of uniform circular motion. KE
remains unchanged, but linear momentum changes
Sol. Yes, by doing work through internal forces e.g., in explosion because of change in the direction of motion.
of a bomb. Example - 7
Example - 2 A stone is droped from the top of a high tower. Will the
mechanical energy of the stone be conserved or not if the
Name the largest and smallest practical unit of energy.
force of friction due to air is not neglected ?
Sol. ‘Kilowatt hour’ is the largest practical unit of energy and
Sol. Mechanical energy is conserved only when forces involved are
‘electron volt’ is the smallest practical unit of energy.
conservative. As force of friction due to air is non-conservative,
Example - 3 therefore, mechanical energy of the stone is not conserved.
Is it possible to have a collision in which the whole of KE Example - 8
is lost ? A man can jump higher on moon than on earth. With same
effort, can a runner improve his timing for 100 m race on
Sol. Yes. For example, in perfectly inelastic collision of two bodies moon as compared to that on earth ?
moving towards eachother with equal linear momenta.
Example - 4 Sol. The man can jump higher on moon than on earth, because
the accleration due to gravity on moon is less than
A short fired from a cannon explodes in the air. What will acceleration due to gravity on earth. However, acceleration
be the changes in momentum and K.E. ? due to gravity has no effect on horizontal motion. Therefore,
a runner cannot improve his timing on the moono for 100
Sol. There will be no change in linear momentum, but the K.E.
metre race.
will increase. This is because chemical potential energy of
the explosive in the shot in converted into K.E. Example - 9
Example - 5 Work done by external forces is always equal to the gain in
A man rowing a boat upstream is at rest with respect to kinetic energy. Is it always true ?
shore.
Sol. Yes. This is the universal work-energy theorem.
(a) Is the doing any work ?
Example - 10
(b) If the stops rowing and moves down with the stream,
is any work being done on him ? A body is moving at constant speed over a frictionless
surface. What is the work done by the weight ?
Sol. (a) No work is being done by the net force because
displacement of boat relative to the shore is zero. Sol. work done by the weight is zero, since the force and the
displacement are at right angles to each other.
(b) When he stops rowing, force of water flow will produce
displacement with respect to the shore. Therefore, work Example - 11
is done by force of flowing water. KE of the person will Assume that the Earth revolves around the Sun in a
increase. perfectly circular orbit. Does the Sun do any work on the
Example - 6 Earth ?
(a) Can kinetic energy of a system be changed without Sol. While the force is along the radius, the displacement is a
changing its momentum ? along the tangent. Since radius and tangent are
(b) Can momentum of a system be changed without perpendicular, therefore, E and S are also perpenedicular.
changing its kinetic energy ? Consequently, work done is zero.
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 20
m a
mg
mg
From force diagram :
W = T s = 59 (2.5) = 147.5 J sR = mv2/r
Work done by the gravity = – mgs = – 5 (9.8) (2.5)
smg = mv2/r v s rg 14 m / s
= – 122.5 J
21 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
Example - 17 Example - 18
(Car on a banked Curve) A highway curve of radius r is to A ball of mass 100 gm is projected vertically upwards from
be banked so that a car travelling at speed v will have no the ground with a velocity of 49 m/s. At the same time
tendency to skid sideways. At what angle should it be another identical ball is dropped from a height of 98 m to
banked ? fall freely along the same path as that followed by the first
ball. After some time, two balls collide and stick together
Sol. When a car goes on a level curve, the centripetal force and finally fall to the ground. Find the time of flight of
required for motion along the arc must be provided by the balls.
force of friction. This causes a great wear and tear on the
tyres. To reduce this strain on the tyres and not have to rely
Sol. Let t be the time after which the balls collide.
upon friction, the curves on the roads are banked as shown.
The positions of the balls at time t (taking origin at the
ground) are :
B
1
x1 49 t gt 2
2
A 1
x 2 98 gt 2
2
x1 = x2
AB = width of road. The figure shows back view of the car
taking a turn towards left. 1 1
49 t gt 2 98 gt 2 t 2 s
Due to banking, the normal reaction between car and the 2 2
road is not vertical now and has two components :
Velocities of balls before collision :
(i) N cos : (vertical)
v1 = 49 – gt = 29.4 m/s
(ii) N sin : (horizontal) towards the centre of the curve.
v2 = 0 – gt = – 19.6 m/s.
N cos : mg ... (i)
Velocities of balls after collision :
Using momentum conservation, we have :
B mv1 + mv2 = 2mv
v1 v 2 29.4 19.6
v 4.9 m / s
2 2
mg
A
Height of the point of collision :
1 2
x1 = x2 = 98 – gt = 98 – 19.6 = 78.4 m
N sin provides the necessary centripetal force and hence 2
friction is not required.
Time interval after collision :
2
mv Let T = time taken by balls after collision to reach ground.
N sin ... (iii)
r
1 2
2
S ut at
v 2
From (i) and (ii), we get : tan
rg – 78.4 = 4.9 T – 1/2 gT2
T = 4.53 s
v2
1
tan Time of flight = t + T = 2 + 4.53 = 6.53 s.
rg
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 22
Example - 19 Example - 21
An object of mass 5 kg falls from rest through a vertical A small mass m starts from rest and slides down the smooth
distance of 20 m and attaches a velocity of 10 m/s. How spherical surface of R. Assume zero potential energy at
much work is done by the resistance of the air on the the top. Find :
object ? (g = 10 m/s2) (a) the change in potential energy
(b) the kinetic energy
Sol. Applying work-energy theorem,
(c) the speed of the mass as a function of the angle
work done by all the force = change in kinetic energy made by the radius through the mass with the vertical.
1
or Wmg + Wair = mv2 Sol. In the figure h = R (1 – cos )
2
1
Wair mv 2 Wmg
2
1
mv 2 mgh
2
1 2
5 10 5 10 20
2 (a) As the mass comes down, potential energy will decrease.
= – 750 J Hence,
A rod of length 1.0 m and mass 0.5 kg fixed at one end is (b) Magnitude of decrease in potential energy = increase in
initially hanging, vertical. The other end is now raised kinetic energy
until it makes an angle 60° with the vertical. How much Kinetic energy = mgh
work is required ?
= mgR (1 – cos )
v 2gR 1 cos
Example - 22
5 3 3
and h sin 37 d d
4 5 4
1 1
or mgh ky 2 mv 2 [as for B, h = 0 and y = 0]
2 2
Sol. All surface are smooth. Therefore, mechanical energy of
2
the system will remain conserved. 3 1 d 1
or mgd k mv 2
4 2 4 2
Decrease in PE of both the block
= increase in KE of both the blocks
3 1
[as for A, h = d and y = d]
r 1 4 4
(mgr) + (2mg) m 2m v2
2 2
3g k
or vd
2d 16 m
2
or v 1 gr
3
Example - 24
Example - 23
The system is released from rest with the string initially
One end of a light spring of natural length d and spring stretched 75 mm. Calculate the velocity v of the block after
constant k is fixed on a rigid wall and the other is attached it has dropped 12 mm. The spring has a stiffness of 1050
to a smooth ring of mass m which can slide without friction N/m. Neglect the mass of the small pulley.
on a vertical rod fixed at a distance d from the wall. Initially
the spring makes an angle of 37° with the horizontal as
shown in figure. When the system is released from rest,
find the speed ofthe ring when the spring becomes
horizontal [sin 37° = 3/5]
Sol. When the block descends 12 mm, spring will further stretch
24 mm.
Decrease in PE of block = increase in kinetic energy of
block + increase in elastic potential energy of spring.
Hence,
Sol. If l is the stretched length of the spring, then from figure 1
45 × 9.8 × 0.012 = × 45 × v2
2
d 4 5
cos 37 , i.e., d
5 4
1
+ × 1050 [(0.075 + 0.024)2 – (0.075)2]
2
5 d
so the stretch y d dd
4 4 v = 0.371 m/s
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 24
(a) What is the mechanical energy of the system ? (c) and (d)
(b) Make a plot of U (x) as a function of x for –10 m < x < 10m, Particle will move between the points where its kinetic
and on the same graph draw the line that represents energy becomes zero or its potential energy is equal to its
the mechanical energy of the sytem. mechanical energy.
Use part (b) to determine Thus, 49 = 20 + (x – 2)2
(c) The least value of x, and or (x – 2)2 = 29
(d) The greatest value of x between which the particle can
or x 2 29 5.38 m
move
(e) The maximum kinetic energy of the particle, and x = 7.38 m and –3.38 m
(f) The value of x at which it occurs. or the particle will move betwen x = – 3.38 m and x = 7.38 m.
(g) Determine the equation for F (x) as a function of x. (e) and (f) :
(h) For what (finite) value of x does F (x) = 0 ? Maximum kinetic energy is at x = 2m, where the potential
energy is minimum and this maximum kinetic energy is,
Kmax = E – Umin = 49 – 20 = 29 J
dU
(g) F 2 x 2 2 x
dx
t3
position x as a function of time t is given by x = , where x
3
is in metre and t in second. The work done by the force in
the first two seconds is :
(a) + Mgd (b) – (M + m)gd (a) 1600 J (b) 160 J
(c) – mgd (d) zero (c) 16 J (d) 1.6 J
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 26
Gravitational Potential Energy 28. A man has a box of weight 10 kg. The energy of the box,
22. If we shift a body in equilibrium from A to C in a gravitational when the man runs with a constant velocity of 2 m/sec along
field via path AC or ABC with the box behind the bus, is :
(a) 10 joule (b) 30 joule
(c) 20 joule (d) 2 joule
29. What is the shape of the graph between the speed and
kinetic energy of a body ?
(a) straight line (b) hyperbola
(c) parabola (d) exponential
36. A toy gun uses a spring of very large value of force constant 41. On changing the length of a spring by 0.1 m there is a
k. When charged before triggered in the upward direction, change of 5 J in its potential energy. The force constant of
the spring is compressed by a small distance x. If mass of the spring is :
shot is m, on being triggered it will go upto a height of :
(a) 80 Nm–1 (b) 10.0 Nm–1
2 2
kx x (c) 90 Nm–1 (d) 1000 N.m–1
(a) (b)
mg kmg
42. An elastic string of unstretched length L and force constant
k is stretched by a small length x. It is further stretched by
kx 2 (kx) 2
(c) (d) another small length y. The work done in the second
2mg mg
stretching is
37. A body is attached to the lower end of a vertical spiral spring
1 2 1
and it is gradually lowered to its equilibrium position. This
stretches the spring by a length d. If the same body attached
(a)
2
ky (b)
2
k x 2 y2
to the same spring is allowed to fall suddenly, what would
be the maximum stretching in this case ? 1 1
(c) ky 2x y (d) k x y 2
(a) d (b) 2d 2 2
(c) K1 : K 2 (d) K 22 : K 22 45. The work done in time t on a body of mass m which is
accelerated from rest to a speed v in time t1 as a function of
40. A sphere of mass 2 kg is moving on a frictionless time t is given by :
horizontal table with velocity . It strikes with a spring
(force constant = 1 N/m) and compresses it by 4 m. The 1 v 2 v 2
(a) 2 m t t (b) m t t
velocity () of the sphere is : 1 1
2
(a) 4 m/s (b) 2 2 m/s 1 mv 2 1 v2 2
(c) t (d) m t
2 t1 2 t12
(c) 2 m/s (d) 2 m/s
29 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
(a) MgL (b) Mg L/3 66. A block of mass 0.5 kg has an initial velocity of 10 m/s.
down an inclined plane of angle 30°, the coefficient of friction
(c) Mg L/9 (d) Mg L/18 between the block and the inclined surface is 0.2. The velocity
61. A rod of mass m and length is lying on a horizontal table. of the block after it travels a distance of 10 m is:
Work done in making it stand on one end will be : (a) 17 m/s (b) 13 m/s
mg (c) 24 m/s (d) 8 m/s
(a) mg (b)
2 67. A body is falling with velocity 1 m/s at a height 3 m from
the ground. The speed at height 2 m from the ground will
mg be :
(c) (d) 2 mg
4
(a) 4.54 m/s (b) 1 m/s
62. A particle is released from the top of two inclined rough (c) 6 m/s (d) 5.32 m/s
surfaces of height ‘h’ each. The angle of inclination of the
68. A car covers a distance of 10 km along an inclined plane
two planes are 30° and 60° respectively. All other factors under the action of a horizontal force of 5 N. The work
(e.g. coefficient of friction, mass of block etc.) are same in done on car is 25 kJ. The inclination of the plane to horizontal
both the cases. Let K1 and K2 be kinetic energies of the is :
particle at the bottom of the plane in two cases. Then (a) 0° (b) 30°
(a) K1 = K2 (b) K1 > K2 (c) 60° (d) 90°
(c) K1 < K2 (d) data insufficient 69. A block is moved from rest through a distance of 4 m
along a st. line path. The mass of the block is 5 kg and the
63. A particle is released from a height H. At certain height its force acting on it is 20 N. If K.E. acquired by the block be
kinetic energy is two times its potential energy. Height 40 J, at what angle to the path is the force acting ?
and speed of particle at that instant are (a) 30° (b) 60°
(c) 45° (d) 0°
31 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
70. A particle moves on a rough horizontal ground with some 74. A grinding machine whose wheel has radius 1/ metre runs
3 at 2.5 rps, when a tool to be sharpened is held against the
initial velocity 0. If th of its K.E. is lost in friction in wheel with a force of 40 N. If the coefficient of friction between
4
the tool and the wheel is 0.2, power developed is
time t0, the coefficient of friction between the particle and
the ground is (a) 4 W (b) 8 W
v0 v0 (c) 20 W (d) 40 W
(a) 2 gt (b) 4 gt
0 0 75. A train of mass 100 ton is moving up an incline of 1 in 100 at
3 v0 v0 a constant speed of 36 km ph. If the friction per ton is 100 N,
(c) 4 gt (d) gt then power of the engine is
0 0
(a) 198 kW (b) 96 kW
71. If v be the instantaneous velocity of the body dropped from
the top of a tower, when it is located at height h, then which (c) 298 kW (d) 398 kW
of the following remains constant ? 76. The power of a water pump is 2 kW. If g = 10 m/s , the
2
13. A 2 kg block slides on a horizontal floor with a speed of 4 m/s. 17. A person trying to lose weight by burning fat lifts a mass
It strikes a uncompressed spring, and compresses it till the of 10 kg upto a height of 1 m 1000 times. Assume that the
block is motionless. The kinetic friction force is 15 N and spring potential energy lost each time he lowers the mass is
constant is 10000 N/m. The spring compresses by (2007) dissipated. How much fat will he use up considering the
work done only when the weight is lifted up ? Fat supplies
(a) 5.5 cm (b) 2.5 cm
3.8 × 10 7 J of energy per kg which is converted to
(c) 11.0 cm (d) 8.5 cm mechanical energy with a 20% efficiency rate.
14. At time t = 0 s particle starts moving along the x–axis. If its
Take g = 9.8 ms–2 : (2016)
kinetic energy increases uniformly with time t, the net force
acting on it must be proportional to (2011) (a) 6.45 × 10–3 kg
(a) t (b) constant (b) 9.89 × 10–3 kg
(c) t (d) 1/ t (c) 12.89 × 10–3 kg
15. When a rubber-band is stretched by a distance x, it exerts (d) 2.45 × 10–3 kg
a restoring force of magnitude F = ax + bx2 where a and b 18. A point particle of mass m, moves along the uniformly
are constants. The work done in stretching the
rough track PQR as shown in the figure. The coefficient of
unstretched rubber-band by L is : (2014)
friction, between the particle and the rough track equals
1 aL2 bL3 . The particle is released from rest, from the point P and it
(a)
2
aL2 bL3 (b)
2
3 comes to rest at a point R. The energies, lost by ball over
the parts, PQ and QR, of the track, are equal to each other,
1 aL2 bL3 and no energy is lost when particle changes direction from
(c) 2 2 3 (d) aL2 + bL3 PQ to QR.
The values of the coefficient of friction and the distance
16. For a simple pendulum, a graph is plotted between its
x (=QR), are, respectively close to : (2016)
kinetic energy (KE) and potential energy (PE) against its
displacement d. Which one of the following represents
these correctly ?
(graphs are schematic and not drawn to scale) (2015)
(a)
will be : (2017)
(a) 10-3kg m-1 (b) 10-3 kg s-1
(d)
(c) 10-4 kg m-1 (d) 10-1 kg m-1 s-1
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 34
20. A time dependent force F = 6t acts on a particle of mass 1 26. A small ball of mass m starts at a point A with speed 0 and
kg. If the particle starts from rest, the work done by the moves along a frictionless track AB as shown. The track
force during the first 1 second will be : (2017) BC has coefficient of friction . The ball comes to stop at
C after travelling a distance L which is:
(a) 4.5 J (b) 22 J (2014 Online Set-3)
(c) 9 J (d) 18 J
21. A time dependent force F = 6t acts on a particle of mass 1
kg. If the particle starts from rest, the work done by the
force during the first 1 sec. will be : (2017)
(a) 18 J (b) 4.5 J
(c) 22 J (d) 9 J
22. A body of mass m = 10–2 kg is moving in a medium and
experiences a frictional force F = –kv2. Its initial speed is h 02 h 02
(a) 2 g (b) 2 2g
1 2
v0 = 10 ms–1. If, after 10s, its energy is mv0 , the value of
8
h 02 2h 0 2
k will be : (2017) (c) 2g (d) 2g
(a) 10–1 kg m–1 s–1 (b) 10–3 kg m–1 27. A car of weight W is on an inclined road that rises by 100
(c) 10–3 kg s–1 (d) 10–4 kg m–1 m over a distance of 1 km and applies a constant frictional
23. A particle is moving in a circular path of radius a under the W
force on the car. While moving uphill on the road at a
20
action of an attractive potential U k . Its total energy
2r 2 speed of 10 ms–1, the car needs power P. If it needs power
is : (2018) P
while moving downhill at speed v then value of v is :
2
3 k
(a) zero (b) 0 2 2 (2016 Online Set-1)
a
(a) 20 ms–1 (b) 15 ms–1
k k (c) 10 ms–1 (d) 5 ms–1
(c) 0 2 (d) 2
4a 2a
28. Velocity-time graph for a body of mass 10 kg is shown in
24. A spring of unstretched length l has a mass m with one figure. Work-done on the body in first two seconds of the
end fixed to a rigid support. Assuming spring to be made
motion is : (2016 Online Set-2)
of a uniform wire, the kinetic energy possessed by it if its
free end is pulled with uniform velocity is:
(2014 Online Set-2)
1 1
(a) m2 (b) m2
3 6
1 2
(c) m (d) m2
2
25. A body of mass 5 kg under the action of constant force
(a) 12000 J (b) –12000 J
F Fx i Fy j has velocity at t = 0s as v 6i 2j m/s
(c) –4500 J (d) –9300 J
29. An object is dropped from a height h from the ground.
and at t = 10s as v 6j m/s. The force F is:
Every time it hits the ground it looses 50% of its kinetic
(2014 Online Set-3) energy. The total distance covered as t is :
3 4 (2017 Online Set-1)
(a) 3i 4j N
(b) i j N (a) 2h (b)
5 5
3 4 5 8
(d) 3i 4j N
h h
(c) i j N
5 5
(c)
3
(d)
3
35 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
30. A body of mass m starts moving from rest along x-axis so 31. Two particles of the same mass m are moving in circular
that its velocity varies as = a s where a is a constant 16 3
orbits because of force, given by F r = r
and s is the distance covered by the body. The total work r
done by all the forces acting on the body in the first t The first particle is at a distance r =1, and the second, at r
seconds after the start of the motion is : =4. The best estimate for the ratio of kinetic energies of
(2018 Online Set-3) the first and the second particle is closest to :
(2018 Online Set-3)
1 4 2
(a) m a t 4 2
(b) 8 m a t
8 (a) 6×10-2 (b) 3×10-3
1
m a4t2 (c) 10-1 (d) 6×102
(c) 4 m a 4 t 2 (d)
4
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 36
2 kg
10 kg 60 N
There is no friction between plane and plank. The coefficient
of friction between block and plank is 0.5. A force of 60 N is
(a) on both the routes is same
applied on plank horizontally. In first 2 s the work done by
the friction on the block is : (b) on route I is more
Work done by Variable Force 8. An object of mass m is tied to a string of length l and a
variable horizontal force is applied on it, which starts at zero
A force of F 2xi 2j 3z k N is acting on a particle.
2
4. and gradually increases (it is pulled extremely slowly so
that equilibrium exists at all times) until the string makes an
Find the work done by this force in displacing the body
angle with the vertical. Work done by the force F is :
from (1, 2, 3) m to (3, 6, 1) m.
(a) –10 J (b) 100 J O
(c) 10 J (d) 1 J
5. A force F 3xy 5z j 4zk is applied on a particle. The
l
work done by the force when the particle moves from point
(0, 0, 0) to point (2, 4, 0) as shown in the figure is
C F
B
9. A particle moves along the x–axis from x= x1 to x = x2 under and b are positive constants. The position of equilibrium x-
the influence of a force given by F = 2x. Work done in the corresponds to
process is
t (s) 2
16. The potential energy function associated with the force (a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 4 : 16
F 4xy i 2x 2 j is (c) 1 : 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 9 : 25
2 2 21. A man throws the bricks to a height of 12 m where they
(a) U = –2x y (b) U = –2x y + constant
reach with a speed of 12 m/s. If he throws the bricks such
2
(c) U = 2x y + constant (d) not defined that they just reach that height, what percentage of energy
will be saved (g = 9.8 m/s2)
17. The potential energy for a force field F is given by
(a) 29% (b) 46%
U (x, y) = cos(x + y). The force acting on a particle at position
(c) 38% (d) 50%
given by coordinates 0, is 22. A man raises 1 kg wt. to a height of 100 cm and holds it
4 there for 30 minutes. How much work has he performed ?
(c) 18 (d) 9
25. A rope ladder with a length l carrying a man with a mass m
at its end is attached to the basket of balloon with a mass
M. The entire system is in equilibrium in the air. As the man
climbs up the ladder into the balloon, the balloon descends
by a height h. Then the potential energy of the man
(a) If it is released at the origin, it will move in negative x-axis (a) increases by mg (l – h)
(b) If it is released at x = 2 + where 0, then its maximum (b) increases by mgl
speed will be 5 m/s and it will perform oscillatory motion (c) increase by mgh
(d) increases by mg (2l – h)
then it will cross x = 10
(c) If initially x = –10 and u 6i,
26. The force acting on a body moving along x–axis varies
(d) x = –5 and x = +5 are unstable equilibrium positions of with the position of the particle as shown in the figure.
the particle The body is in stable equilibrium at :
19. The potential energy for a body of mass m that is acted on
kx 3
by a very massive body is given by U mgx . The
3
corresponding force is
2 2
(a) – mg + kx (b) mg – kx
(c) mg – kx (d) – mg + kx
20. A ball is released from the top of a tower. The ratio of work
done by force of gravity in first, second and third second (a) x = x1 (b) x = x2
of the motion of ball is
(c) both x1 and x2 (d) neither x1 nor x2
39 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
Kinetic Energy
27. If the speed of a vehicle increases by 2 m/s, its K.E. is
doubled. The original speed of the vehicle was
(a)
2 1 m / s (b) 2
2 1 m / s
(c) 2
2 1 m / s (d) 2 m / s.
v2 v3
(c) (d)
2k 2k
Springs (Questions of Springs)
30. A block of 4 kg mass starts at rest and slides a distance d
down a frictionless incline (angle 30°) where it runs into a
1 2
spring of negligible mass. The block slides an additional 25 (a) (b)
cm before it is brought to rest momentarily by compressing 2 3
the spring. The force constant of spring is 400 N/m. the
value of d is then 1 1
(c) (d)
–2 2 3
(take g = 10 ms )
33. A mass m is allowed to fall on a pedestal fixed on the top of
a vertical spring. If the height of the mass was H from the
pedestal and the compression of the spring is d then the
spring’s force factor is given by
34. A vertical spring of force constant 100 N/m is attached 37. A plot of velocity versus time is shown in figure. A single
with a hanging mass of 10 kg. Now an external force is force acts on the body. The correct statement is :
applied on the mass so that the spring is stretched by
additional 2 m. The work done by the force F is v
2
(g = 10 m/s ) A B
C
O
t
D
g K
3 4 (c) (d) mg
(a) m (b) m K
5 5
6 3 39. System shown in figure is released from rest. Pulley and
(c) m (d) m spring is massless and friction is absent everywhere. The
5 2
speed of 5 kg block when 2 kg block leaves the contact with
For General Body (Involves internal and external work)
ground is :
36. Velocity-time graph of a particle moving in a straight line 2
(Take force constant of spring k = 40 N/m and g = 10 m/s )
is as shown in figure. Mass of the particle is 2 kg. Work
done by all the forces acting on the particle in time interval
between t = 0 to t = 10 s is
v (m/s)
10
10
t (s)
–20
40. In the given curved road, if particle is released from A then Power
44. A block of mass m is moving with a constant acceleration a
M A on a rough plane. If the coefficient of friction between the
block and the ground is , the power delivered by the external
agent after a time t from the beginning is equal to
2
(a) ma t (b) mgat
(c) m(a + g)gt (d) m(a + g)at
h 45. A block of mass m is being pulled up the rough incline by an
agent delivering constant power P. The coefficient of friction
between the block and the incline is . The maximum speed
of the block during the course of ascent is
(a) 2 g (b) g
3P
(d) v
mg sin mg cos
(c) 4 g (d) 3 g 46. A uniform rope of linear mass density and length l is coiled
on a smooth horizontal surface. One end is pulled up with
42. A meter stick of mass 400 g is pivoted at one end and
constant velocity v. Then the average power applied by the
displaced through an angle 60°. The increase in its potential
external agent in pulling the entire rope just off the ground
energy is : is
(a) 1 J (b) 10 J
(c) 100 J (d) 1000 J
43. A uniform chain has a mass M and length L. It is placed on
a frictionless table with length l0 hanging over the edge.
The chain begins to slide down. Then, the speed V with
which the end slides down from the edge is given by :
g g
(a) V ( L l0 ) (b) V ( L l0 ) 1 2 g
L L (a) v 2 (b) gv
2 2
g 2 2
(c) V ( L l0 ) (d) V 2 g ( L l0 ) 1 3 vg 1 3
L (c) v (d) gv v
2 2 2
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 42
47. A particle A of mass 10/7 kg is moving in the positive 51. A dam is situated at a height of 550 m above sea level and
direction of x. Its initial position is x = 0 and initial velocity supplies water to a power house which is at a height of 50m
at x = 10 is (use the graph given) above see level. 2000 kg of water passes through the turbines
per second. What would be the maximum electricl power
output of the power house if the whole system were 80%
efficient ?
(a) 8 MW (b) 10 MW
(c) 12.5 MV (d) 16 MV
–1
52. A 500 kg car, moving with a velocity of 36 km h on a straight
raod unidirectionally, doubles its velocity in one minute.
The power delivered by the engine for doubling the velocity
(a) 4 m/s (b) 2 m/s is
(a) 750 W (b) 1050 W
100
(c) 3 2 m/s (d) m/s (c) 1150 W (d) 1250 W
3
53. The power of a water jet flowing through an orifice of radius
Constant and Variable Power
r with velocity v is
48. Power supplied to a particle of mass 2 Kg varies with time 2 2
as P = 3t2/2 watt, here t is in second. If velocity of particle (a) zero (b) 500 r v
2 3 4
at t = 0 is v = 0. The velocity of particle at time t = 2 s will (c) 500 r v (d) r v
be
Constant and Variable Force Condition
(a) 1 m/s (b) 4 m/s
54. A force F acting on a body depends on its displacement S
(c) 2 m/s (d) 2 2 m / s –1/3
as F S . The power delivered by F will depend on
49. A constant power P is applied to a particle of mass m. The displacement as :
distance travelled by the particle when its velocity (a) S
2/3
(b) S
–5/3
t t m v1t m v1t
(a) t2 (b) t1
P P
m v1t 2 m v12 t
(c) (d)
t1 t12
(c) (d)
t t
43 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
Potential energy and force analysis 64. Two inclined frictionless tracks of different inclinations meet
57. The potential energy of a particle of mass 1 kg is, U = 10 + (x – 2) .
2 at A from where two blocks P and Q of different masses are
Here, U is in joules and x in metres on the positive x-axis. allowed to slide down from rest at the same time, on on each
Particle travels upto x = +6 m. Choose the correct statement: track, as shown in the figure. Then
Passage - 2 72. If the total mechanical energy of the particle is –40 J, then it
can be found in region
Using the following passage, sovle Q. 69 & 70
(a) x < – 10 and x > 15
A block of mass m is released from a height h1 along a smooth
(b) –10 < x < –5 and 6 < x < 15
track as shown in the figure.
(c) 10 < x < 15
(d) it is not possible.
73. If the particle is isolated and its total mechanical energy is
60 J, then
(a) the particle can be found anywhere from – < x <
(b) the particle’s maximum kinetic energy is 95 J.
(c) the particle’s kinetic energy is not getting zero anywhere
69. Determine the force exerted on the block by the track at on x-axis
point 2, where radius of curvature is r1. (d) all of the above.
x1 k 2
x 2 k1
1
k1x12 2
k2
W1 2 k k
1 2
W2 1
k 2 x 22 k 2 k1 k1
2
71. If the total mechanical energy of the particle is 25J, then it
can be found in region As k1 > k2, W1 < W2
(a) –10 < x < –5 & 6 < x < 15 (b) –10 < x < 0 & 6 < x < 10 (a) A (b) B
76. Assertion : A weight lifter does not work in holding the 82. Assertion : If a particle of mass m is connected to a light rod
weight up. and whirled in a vertical circle of radius R, then to complete
Reason : Work done is zero because distance moved is zero. the circle, the minimum velocity of the particle at the bottom
(a) A (b) B point is 5gR .
(c) C (d) D
Reason : Mechanical energy is conserved and in case of
77. Assertion : Mass and energy are not conserved separately,
the minimum velocity at the bottom point, the velocity at
but are conserved as a single entirly ‘mass-energy’.
the top point will be zero.
Reason : This is because one can be obtained at the cost of
(a) A (b) B
the other as per Einstein equaiton.
2 (c) C (d) D
E = mc
(a) A (b) B 83. Assertion : The potential energy of a particle varies with
distance x as shown in the graph.
(c) C (d) D
78. Assertion : Energy released when a mass of one microgram
7
disappears in a process is 9 × 10 J.
1
Reason : It follows from E mv 2 .
2
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
79. Assertion : In a circular motion, work done by centripetal The force acting on the particle is zero at point B and C.
force is not zero always. Reason : The slope of the U-x curve is zero at point B and C.
Reason : If speed of the particle increases or decreases in (a) A (b) B
circular motion, net force acting on the particle does not
(c) C (d) D
remain towards centre.
Matching Column Type
(a) A (b) B
84. A man pushes a block of 30 kg along a level floor at a
(c) C (d) D
constant speed with a force directed at 45° below the
80. Assertion : A body is connected to a string and if it just horizontal. If the coefficient of friction is 0.20, then match
completes a circle, it must have zero velocity at the top. the following:
Reason : A body is projected in vertically upward direction, Column I Column II
at the highest point the acceleration of the particle is non-
(a) Work done by all forces (p) zero
zero.
exerted by the surface on
(a) A (b) B
the block in 20 m
(c) C (d) D
(b) Work done by the force (q) 1500 J
81. Assertion : Under the action of a force of constant
magnitude, work done is path independent. of gravity
Reason : Work done by force of gravity is path independent (c) Work done by the man (r) 750 J
only near the surface of Earth. on the block in pushing it
(a) A (b) B through 10 m
(c) C (d) D (d) Net force on the block (s) 30 J
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 46
2
times the velocity when it is at height half of the
5
maximum height. The angle of projection with horizontal
is /*. What is the value * ?
47 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
(a) (b)
x x x x
(a) (b)
x x (c) (d)
(c) (d) x x
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 48
8. A block (B) is attached to two unstretched spring S1 and are pulled by distance A. Block Q oscillates without
S2 with spring constants k and 4k, respectively. The other slipping. What is the maximum value of frictional force
ends are attached to two supports M1 and M2 not attached between the two blocks ?
to the walls. The springs and supports have negligible
mass. There is no friction anywhere. The block B is
displaced towards wall 1 by a small distance x and released.
The block returns and moves a maximum distance y
towards wall 2. Displacements x and y are measured with
respect to the equilibrium position of the block B. The
(a) kA/2 (b) kA
ratio y/x is (2008)
(c) smg (d) zero
(a) 4 (b) 2
(c) 1/2 (d) 1/4
9. A car is moving in a circular horizontal track of radius 10 m
with a constant speed of 10 m/s. A plump bob is suspended
from the roof of the car by a light rigid rod. The angle made
by the rod with the track is (g = 10 m/s2) (1992)
(a) zero (b) 30° (a) g, g/2 (b) g/2, g
(c) 45° (d) 60° (c) g, g (d) g/2, g/2
10. An insect crawls up a hemispherical surface very slowly 13. A block of mass 2kg is free to move along the x–axis. It is
(see figure) The coefficient of friction between the insect at rest and from t = 0 onwards it is subjected to a time-
and the surface is 1/3. If the line joining the centre of the dependent force F(t) in the x direction. The force F(t) varies
hemispherical surface to the insect makes an angle with with t as shown in the figure. The kinetic energy of the
the vertical, the maximum possible value of is given by block after 4.5 seconds is (2010)
F (t)
4N
4.5 s
(a) cot = 3 (b) tan = 3 t
O 3s
(c) sec = 3 (d) cosec = 3
11. A block P of mass m is placed on a horizontal frictionless
plane. A second block of same mass m is placed on it and is (a) 4.50 J (b) 7.50 J
connected to a spring of spring constant k. The two blocks (c) 5.06 J (d) 14.06 J
49 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
(c)
(d)
26. In the figures (a) and (b) AC, DG and GF are fixed inclined 30. A hemispherical bowl of radius R = 0.1 m is rotating about
planes, BC = EF = x and AB = DE = y. A small block of mass its own axis (which is vertical) with an angular velocity . A
M is released from the point A. It slides down AC and particle of mass 10–2 kg on the frictionless inner surface of
reaches C with a speed VC. The same block is released from the bowl is also rotating with the same . The particle is at
rest from the point D. It slides down DGF and reaches the a height h from the bottom of the bowl. (1983)
point F with speed VF. The coefficients of kinetic frictions
(i) Obtain the relation between h and . What is the
between the block and both the surfaces AC and DGF are
minimum value of needed, in order to have a non–
. Calculate VC and VF. (1980)
zero value of h ?
(ii) It is desired to measure g (acceleration due to gravity)
A D
using the set–up, by measuring h accurately.
G
Assuming that R and are known precisely, and that
the least count in the measurement of h is 10–4 m,
what is the minimum possible error g in the measured
B C E F
(a) (b) value of g?
31. A smooth semicircular wiretrack of radius R is fixed in a
27. A body of mass 2 kg is being dragged with a uniform vertical plane. One end of a massless spring of natural
velocity of 2 m/s on a rough horizontal plane. The coefficient length 3R/4 is attached to the lowest point O of the
of friction between the body and the surface is 0.20, wiretrack. A small ring of mass m, which can slide on the
2
J = 4.2 J/cal and g = 9.8 ms/ . Calculate the amount of heat track, is attacked to the other end of the spring. The ring
generated in 5 s. (1980) is held stationary at point P such that the spring makes
28. A lead bullet just melts when stopped by an obstacle. an angle of 60° with the vertical. The spring constant
Assuming that 25 per cent of the heat is absorbed by the K = mg/R. Consider the instant when the ring is released,
obstacle, find the velocity of the bullet if its initial and
temperature is 27°C. (Melting point of lead = 327°C, specific
heat of lead = 0.03 gal/g–C°, latent heat of fusion of
lead = 6 cal/g–°C, J = 4.2 J/cal). (1981)
29. Two block A and B are connected to reach other by a string
and a spring; the string passesover a frictionless pulley as
shown in the figure. Block B slides over the horizontal top
surface of a stationary block C and the block A slides along
the vertical side of C, both with the same uniform speed.
The coefficient of friction between the surfaces of blocks
is 0.2. Force constant of the spring is 1960 N/m. If mass of
block A is 2 kg. Calculate the mass of block B and the (i) draw the free body diagram of the ring,
energy stored in the spring. (1982) (ii) determine the tangential acceleration of the ring and
the normal reaction. (1996)
32. A bullet is fired at a target. Its velocity is decreased by
50% after penetrating 21 cm into the target. Find the
additional thickness (in cm) that the bullet will penetrate
before coming to rest. (2008)
WORK, POWER & ENERGY 52
33. A light inextensible string that goes over a smooth fixed 35. A particle of mass 0.2 kg is moving in one dimension under
pulley as shown in the figure connects two blocks of a force that delivers a constant power 0.5 W to the particle.
–1
masses 0.36 and 0.72 kg. Taking g = 10 m/s2, find the work If the initial speed (in ms ) of the particle is zero, the speed
–1
done (in joules) by the string on the block of mass 0.36 kg (in ms ) after 5s is (2013)
during the first second afer the system is released from
36. Consider an elliptically shaped rail PQ in the vertical plane
rest. (2009)
with OP =3m and OQ = 4m. A block of mass 1 kg is pulled
along the rail from P to Q with a force of 18 N, which is
always parallel to line PQ (see the figure given) Assuming
no frictional losses, the kinetic energy of the block when it
reaches Q is (n×10) Joules. The value of n is (take
acceleration due to gravity = 10 ms–2) (2014)
1
a full circle in the vertical plane, the ratio is (2013)
2
53 WORK, POWER & ENERGY
ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (a)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (d)
61. (b) 62. (c) 63. (b) 64. (a) 65. (c) 66. (b) 67. (a) 68. (c) 59. (b) 70. (a)
71. (b) 72. (b) 73. (c) 74. (d) 75. (a) 76. (d) 77. (a) 78. (b)
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (a)
g 5 3 3 mg
30. (i) h R , (ii) ± 9.8 × 10–3 ms2 31. (ii) g, 32. (0007) 33. (0005) 34. (0005) 35. 0005
2 3 8
36. (0005)
Dream on !!
02
CIRCULAR MOTION
55 CIRCULAR MOTION
Circular Motion
Introduction : Angle subtended by position vector It is defined as the rate of change of angular displace-
of a particle moving along any arbitrary path w.r.t. ment of a body or particle moving in circular path.
some fixed point is called angular displacement. (i) It is a vector quantity.
(ii) Its direction is same as that of angular
displacement i.e. perpendicular to plane of
Q rotation.
Note : If the particle is revolving in the clockwise direction
P then the direction of angular velocity is
perpendicular to the plane downwards. Whereas
O in case of anticlockwise direction the direction
Fixed point
(a) Particle moving in an arbitrary path will be upwards.
(iii) Its unit is Radian/sec
(iv) Its dimension is [M0L0T–1]
Q Types of Angular Velocity :
2.1 Average Angular Velocity :
O
Total angular displaceme nt
av =
P Total time taken
(b) Particle moving in straight line 2.2 Instantaneous Angular velocity :
The intantaneous angular velocity is defined as the
angular velocity at some particular instant.
Q Instantaneous angular velocity
S d
O = lim =
t 0 t dt
r
P Note: Instantaneous angular velocity can also be
called as simply angular velocity.
(c) Particle moving in circular path 3. RELATION BETWEEN LINEAR VELOCITYA N D
(i) Angular displacement is a vector quantity. ANGULAR VELOCITY
(ii) Its direction is perpendicular to plane of rotation
d d ds 1
and given by right hand screw rule. We have = = . v
dt ds dt r
Note: Clockwise angular displacement is taken as
negative and anticlockwise displacement as ds arc
positive. [ d = , angle =
dr radius
arc linear displaceme nt ds
angle = = and v = = linear velocity]
radius radius dt
(iii) For circular motion S = r × v = r
(iv) Its unit is radian (in M.K.S)
In vector form,
v r
Note : Always change degree into radian, if it occurs
in numerical problems. Note :
360 o (i) When a particle moves along a curved path, its
Note : 1 radian = radian = 180º linear velocity at a point is along the tangent
2
drawn at that point
(v) It is a dimensionless quantity i.e. dimension
(ii) When a particle moves along curved path, its
[M0L0T0]
velocity has two components. One along the
CIRCULAR MOTION 56
radius, which increases or decreases the radius 5. RELATION BETWEEN ANGULAR ACCELERATION
and another one perpendicular to the radius, AND LINEAR ACCELERATION
which makes the particle to revolve about the
point of observation. Linear acceleration = Rate of change of linear
velocity
vsin
(iii) = = dv
t r a = ....(i)
dt
4. ANGULAR ACCELERATION Angular acceleration = Rate of change of angular
velocity
The rate of change of angular velocity is defined as
angular acceleration. d
= ....(ii)
If be change in angular velocity in time t, then dt
angular acceleration From (i) & (ii)
a dv d(r)
d = =
lim = d d
t 0 t dt d
(i) It is a vector quantity = r [ r is constant] = r
d
(ii) Its direction is that of change in angular velocity a = r
(iii) Unit : rad/sec2 In vector form
a = r
(iv) Dimension : M0L0T–2
(ii) With constant acceleration (i) Average velocity (i) Average angular velocity
v u 1 2
v av = av =
2 2
(ii) Average acceleration (ii) Average angular acceleration
v u 2 1
a av = a av =
t t
v u 1 2
(iii) s = v av t = t (iii) = av. t = t
2 2
(iv) v = u + at (iv) 2 = 1 + t
1 2 1
(v) s = ut + at (v) = 1t + t2
2 2
1 2 1
(vi) s = vt – at (vi) = 2 t – t 2
2 2
(vii) v2 = u2 + 2as (vi) 22 = 12 + 2
1 1
(viii) Sn = u + (2n–1)a (viii) n = 1 + (2n–1)
2 2
displacement in nth sec Angular displacement in nth sec
ds
(iii) With variable acceleration (i) v = (i) = d/dt
dt
(ii) ds = v dt (ii) d = dt
dv dv d d
(iii) a = = v (iii) = =
dt ds dt d
(iv) dv = a dt (iv) d = dt
(v) v dv = a ds (v) d = d
57 CIRCULAR MOTION
7. CENTRIPETAL ACCELERATION AND (ii) The direction of ac would be the same as that
CENTRIPETAL FORCE of v
(iii) Because velocity vector at any point is tangential
(i) A body or particle moving in a curved path
to the circular path at that point, the acceleration
always moves effectively in a circle at any
vector acts along radius of the circle at that
instant. point and is directed towards the centre. This is
(ii) The velocity of the particle changes moving on the reason that it is called centripetal
acceleration.
the curved path, this change in velocity is
brought by a force known as centripetal force
and the acceleration so produced in the body 7.2 Expression for Centripetal force
If v = velocity of particle,
is known as centripetal acceleration. v
r = radius of path
(iii) The direction of centripetal force or acceleration v
Then necessary centripetal force Fc
is always towards the centre of circular path. Fc = mass × acceleration Fc Fc
7.1 Expression for Centripetal Acceleration v2 Fc
Fc = m
r v
This is the expression for v
v2
centripetal force
P2(t + t) – v1
v2 (i) It is a vector quantity
r A
O v1 (ii) In vector form r
v 2 2 O
P1(t) mv mv
Fc = – . r̂ = – 2 r
r r
(a) Particle moving (b) Vector diagram of
in circular path of velocities = – m2r r̂ = –m2 r = – m ( v × )
radius r negative sign indicates direction only
The triangle OP1P2 and the velocity triangle are | Fc | = m ( v × )
similar
(iii) For circular motion :
P1P2 AB
= | Fc | = m (v sin 90º) = mv
P1O AQ
s v Note :
= [| v1 | = | v 2 | = v]
r v 1. Centripetal force is not a real force. It is only
v the requirement for circular motion.
v = s
r 2. It is not a new kind of force. Any of the forces
v v s found in nature such as gravitational force,
= electric friction force, tension in string reaction
t r t
force may act as centripetal force.
lim v v lim s
=
t 0 t r t 0 t
8. TYPE OF CIRCULAR MOTION
v v2
ac =
v = = r2 8.1 Uniform circular motion
r r
This is the magnitude of centripetal acceleration 8.2 Non Uniform Circular Motion :
of particle
8.1 Uniform Circular Motion :
(i) It is a vector quantity. In vector form If m = mass of body,
ac = v r = radius of circular orbit,
v = magnitude of velocity
CIRCULAR MOTION 58
ac = centripetal acceleration, v2
(v) Make it equal to required centripetal force.
v1
at = tangential acceleration (vi) For remaining components see according to
In uniform circular motion : question.
(i) | v1 | = | v 2 | = | v 3 | = constant Note:
v3
i.e. speed is constant When a system of particles rotates about an axis,
the angular velocity of all the particles will be same,
but their linear velocity will be different, because of
ac
(ii) As | v | is constant different distances from axis of rotation i.e. v = r.
so tangential acceleration at = 0
8.1.2 Motion In Horizontal Circle : Conical pendulum
at = 0
This is the best example of uniform circular motion
A conical pendulum consists of a body attached to
Fc a string, such that it can revolve in a horizontal
(iii) Tangential force Ft = 0 circle with uniform speed. The string traces out a
Ft = 0
cone in the space.
(i) The force acting on the bob are
(a) Tension T (b) weight mg
(iv) Total acceleration
v2
a = a c2 a t 2 = ac = (towards the centre)
r
Note:
(i) Because Fc is always perpendicular to velocity
or displacement, hence the work done by this
force will always be zero.
(ii) Circular motion in horizontal plane is usually
uniform circular motion.
(ii) The horizontal component T sin of the tension
(iii) There is an important difference between the T provides the centripetal force and the vertical
projectile motion and circular motion. component T cos balances the weight of bob
In projectile motion, both the magnitude and the mv 2
direction of acceleration (g) remain constant, T sin =
r
while in circular motion the magnitude remains and T cos = mg
constant but the direction continuously changes.
From these equation
Hence equations of motion are not applicable
for circular motion. v4
T = mg 1 ....(i)
Remember that equations of motion remain valid r 2 g2
only when both the magnitude & direction of v2
acceleration are constant. and tan = ....(ii)
rg
8.1.1 Hint to solve numerical problem : Also if h = height of conical pendulum
(i) Write down the required centripetal force OP r
(ii) Draw the free body diagram of each component tan = = ....(iii)
OS h
of system. From (ii) & (iii),
(iii) Resolve the forces acting on the rotating particle v2 g
along radius and perpendicular to radius 2 = 2 =
r h
(iv) Calculate net radial force acting towards centre The time period of revolution
of circular path.
59 CIRCULAR MOTION
[where OS = l]
If is the angle made by [Note angle between (ii) In uniform circular motion Ft = 0, as at = 0, so
work done will be zero by tangential force.
Fc and Ft is 90º] F with Fc, then
But in non-uniform circular motion Ft 0, thus
there will be work done by tangential force in
Ft this case.
tan =
Fc Rate of work done by net force in non-uniform
circular motion = Rate of work done by tangential
Ft
= tan–1 force
Fc
dW dx
P = = Ft . v = F t .
dt dt
CIRCULAR MOTION 60
Motion in Vertical Circle : Motion of a body (b) Tangential force for the motion
suspended by string : Ft = mg sin
This is the best example of non-uniform circular This force retards the motion
motion.
(ii) Results :
B
When the body rises from the bottom to the height
h apart of its kinetic energy converts into potential
energy C
Total mechanical energy remains conserved
Total (P.E. + K.E.) at A = Total (P.E. + K.E.) at P u
A
1 1 (a) Tension at the lowest point A :
0+ mu2 = mgh + mv2
2 2
mvA2
TA = + mg
v = u2 2gh = u 2 2g(1 cos )
(Here = 0º)
mu2
TA = + mg
(b) Tension at point B :
mv B 2
TB = – mg
mu2
TB = – 5mg
[Where is length of the string] ( = 180º)
Tension at a point P : (c) Tension at point C :
(i) At point P required centripetal force mv C 2
2 TC =
mv
=
mu2
(a) Net force towards the centre : TC = – 2mg
T – mg cos , which provides required centripetal (Here = 90º)
force. Thus we conclude that
T A> T C > T B
and also TA – TB = 6 mg
TA – T C = 3 mg
TC – TB = 3 mg
(iii) Cases :
v2 (b) If u = 5g
T = m [ g cos + ]
In this case the tension at the top most point
m (B) will be zero, which implies that the particle
= [u2 – gl (2 – 3cos )]
will just complete the circular motion.
61 CIRCULAR MOTION
(c) Critical Velocity : The minimum velocity at direction of centrifugal force is opposite to the direction of
centripetal force i.e. centrifugal force acts along the radius
which the circular motion is possible
and away from the centre of the circle.
The critical velocity at A = 5g
Note that centripetal and centrifugal forces, being the
The critical velocity at B = g forces of action and reaction act always on different
bodies. For example, when a piece of stone tied to one end
The critical velocity at C = 3g of a string is rotated in a circle, centripetal force F1 is applied
Also TA = 6 mg, TB = 0, TC = 3 mg on the stone by the hand. In turn, the hand is pulled
outwards by centrifugal force F2 acting on it, due to
(d) If 2g < u < 5g tendency of the stone to regain its natural straight line
In this case particle will not follow circular path. The centripetal and centrifugal forces are shown in
Fig.
motion. Tension in string becomes zero
somewhere between points C & B whereas
F2 Stone
velocity remain positive. Particle leaves circular
F1
path and follow parabolic trajectory Hand
mv 2 R Rcos
F ...(2)
r Rsin A
OUTER
where v is velocity of car while turning and r is radius of EDGE
RAISED
circular track. mg
O X
As F = sR = s mg, [using (1)] B
mv 2
s mg or v s rg v max s rg
r
...(3) R R sin
A
Hence the maximum velocity with which a vehicle can go
round a level curve ; without skidding is F cos
R sin
v s rg .
F sin
O X
The value of depends on radius r of the curve and on mg
coefficient of static friction (s) between the tyres and
the road. Clearly, v is independent of mass of the car. Three forces are acting on the vehicle as shown in Fig.
(i) Weight mg of the vehicle acting vertically downwards.
11. BANKING OF ROADS (ii) Normal reaction R of the banked road acting upwards in
a direction perpendicular to OA.
The maximum permissible velocity with which a vehicle
can go round a level curved road without skidding (iii) Force of friction F between the banked road and the
depends on , the coefficient of friction between the tyres tyres, acting along AO.
and the road. The value of decreases when road is R can be resolved into two rectangular components :-
smooth or tyres of the vehicle are worn out or the road is (i) R cos , along vertically upward direction
wet and so on. Thus force of friction is not a reliable source (ii) R sin , along the horizontal, towards the centre of the
for providing the required centripetal force to the vehicle. curved road.
A safer course of action would be to raise outer edge of F can also be resolved into two rectangular components
the curved road above the inner edge. By doing so, a :
componenet of normal reaction of the road shall be spared
(i) F cos , along the horizontal, towards the centre of
to provide the centripetal force. The phenomenon of
curved road
raising outer edge of the curved road above the inner
edge is called banking of roads. We can calculate the (ii) F sin , along vertically downward direction.
angle of banking , as detailed below: As there is no acceleration along the vertical direction,
In Fig., OX is a horizontal line. OA is the level of banked the net force along this direction must be zero. Therefore,
curved road whose outer edge has been raised. XOA R cos = mg + F sin ...(1)
= = angle of banking. If v is velocity of the vehicle over the banked circular
road of radius r, then centripetal force required = mv2/r.
This is provided by the horizontal components of R and
F as shown in Fig.
mv 2
R sin Fcos ...(2)
r
63 CIRCULAR MOTION
But F < s R, where s is coefficient of static friction and the road, and the vehicle will not skid.
between the banked road and the tyres. To obtain vmax, The speed limit at which the curve can be negotiated
we put F = s R in (1) and (2). safely is clearly indicated on the sign boards erected
along the curved roads.
R cos = mg + s R sin ...(3)
Note that curved railway tracks are also banked for the
2 same reason. The level of outer rail is raised a little above
mv
and R sin + s R cos = ...(4) the level of inner rail, while laying a curved railway track.
r
From (3), R (cos – s sin ) = mg 12. BENDING OF A CYCLIST
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Ex.1 The magnitude of the linear acceleration, the 2 2
particle moving in a circle of radius of 10 cm Change in velocity v =
30 30
with uniform speed completing the circle in 4 s,
will be -
= 2 cm/s
30
(A) 5 cm/s2 (B) 2.5 cm/s2
Hence correct answer is (B)
(C) 52 cm/s2 (D) 2.52 cm/s2
Sol.(D) The distance covered in completing the circle is Ex.4 An electron is moving in a circular orbit of ra-
2r = 2 × 10 cm dius 5.3 × 10–11 metre around the atomic
The linear speed is nucleus at a rate of 6.6 × 1015 revolutions per
2r 2 10 second. The acceleration of the electron and
v = = = 5 cm/s centripetal force acting on it will be - (The mass
t 4
The linear acceleration is, of the electron is 9.1 × 10–kg)
2 (A) 8.3 × 10–8N (B) 3.8 × 10–8N
v2 (5 )
a = = = 2.5 2 cm/s2 (C) 4.15 × 10–8N (D) 2.07 × 10–8N
r 10
This acceleration is directed towards the centre
Sol.(A) Let the radius of the orbit be r and the number
of the circle
of revolutions per second be n. Then the velocity
Hence correct answer is (D)
of electron is given by
v = 2nr,
Ex.2 A cane filled with water is revolved in a
vertical circle of radius 4 m and water just does v2 4 2r 2n 2
not fall down. The time period of revo-
Acceleration a = =
r r
lution will be - = 4 2 r n2
(A) 1 s (B) 10 s Substituting the given values, we have
(C) 8 s (D) 4 s a = 4 × (3.14)2 × (5.3 × 10–11) (6.6 × 1015)2
= 9.1 × 1022 m/s2 towards the nucleus.
Sol.(D) We know that The centripetal force is
Circumfere nce 2r FC = ma = (9.1 × 10–31) (9.1 × 1022)
Time period = Critical speed = gr = 8.3 × 10–8 N towards the nucleus.
Hence correct answer is (A)
2 22 4
=
7 10 4 = 4 sec Ex.5 An air craft executes a horizontal loop of radius
1 km with a steady speed of 900 km/h. The ratio
Hence correct answer is (D)
of centripetal acceleration to that gravitational
acceleration will be-
Ex.3 The length of second's hand in a watch is 1
(A) 1 : 6.38 (B) 6. 38 : 1
cm. The change in velocity of its tip in 15
(C) 2.25 : 9.8 (D) 2.5 : 9.8
seconds is -
Sol.(B) Given that radius of horizontal loop
(A) 0 (B) cm/s r = 1 km = 1000 m
30 2
9000 5
2 Speed v = 900 km/h =
(C) cm/s (D) cm/s 18
30 30
= 250 m/s
Circumference 2r
Sol.(B) Velocity = Time of revolution = v2 250 250
60 Centripetal acceleration ac= =
r 1000
2 1 = 62.5 m/s2
= = cm/s
60 30
CIRCULAR MOTION 66
Centripetal acceleration ac mv 2
= mg – R, R should not be negative.
Gravitational acceleration = g (r h)
Therefore v2 (r + a)g = (8.9 + 1.1) × 10
62.5
=
9 .8
= 6.38 : 1 or v2 10 × 10v 10 m/sec
Hence correct answer is (B) vmax = 10 m/sec
Hence correct answer is (C)
Ex.6 A car driver is negotiating a curve of radius 100
m with a speed of 18 km/hr. The angle through Ex.9 The maximum speed at which a car can turn
which he has to lean from the vertical will be - round a curve of 30 metre radius on a level road
if the coefficient of friction between the tyres
1 1 and the road is 0.4, will be -
(A) tan–1 (B) tan–1
4 40 (A) 10.84 m/s (B) 17.84 m/s
(C) 11.76 m/s (D) 9.02 m/s
1 1
(C) tan–1 (D) tan–1
2 20 Sol.(A) Let W = Mg be the weight of the car. Friction
force = 0.4 W
2
5
v 2
18 Mv 2 Wv 2
Sol.(B) We know that, tan = = 18 Centripetal force = =
rg r gr
100 10
1 1 Wv 2
= = tan–1 0.4 W =
gr
40 40
Hence correct answer is (B) v2 = 0.4 × g × r = 0.4 × 9.8 × 30 = 117.6
Ex.7 Write an expression for the position vector r for v = 10.84 m/sec
a particle describing uniform circular motion, Hence correct answer is (A)
using rectangular co-ordinates and the unit
vectors i and j. The vector expressions for the Ex.10 The angular speed with which the earth would
velocity v and acceleration a will be- have to rotate on it axis so that a person on the
(A) r2 (B) –2r/2 equator would weight (3/5)th as much as present
will be: (Take the equatorial radius as 6400 km)
(C) –r2 (D) –2r
(A) 8.7 × 104 rad/sec (B) 8.7 × 103 rad/sec
Sol.(D) r = î x + ĵ y, x = r cos ,
(C) 7.8 × 104 rad/sec (D) 7.8 × 103 rad/sec
y = r sin where = t Sol.(C) Let v be the speed of earth's rotation.
r = î ( r cos t) + ĵ (r sin t) We know that W = mg
Ex.11 A man whirls a stone round his head on the end Ex.12 A smooth table is placed horizontally and a
of a string 4.0 metre long. Can the string be in spring of unstreched length l0 and force constant
a horizontal, plane? If the stone has a mass of k has one end fixed to its centre. To the other
0.4 kg and the string will break, if the tension end of the spring is attached a mass m which
in it exceeds 8 N. The smallest angle the string is making n revolutions per second around the
can make with the horizontal and the speed of centre. Tension in the spring will be
the stone will respectively be (Take g = 10 m/ (A) 42 m k l0 n2/ (k – 42 m n2)
sec2) (B) 42 m k l0 n2/ (k + 42 m n2)
(A) 30º, 7.7 m/s (B) 60º, 7.7 m/s (C) 22 m k l0 n2/ (k – 42 m n2)
(C) 45º, 8.2 m/s (D) 60º, 8.7 m/s (D) 2 m k l0 n2/ (k – 42 m n2)
Sol.(A) O Sol.(A) Let T be the tension produced in the stretched
string. The centripetal force required for the mass
m to move in a circle is provided by the tension
l
T. The stretched length of the spring is r (radius
T Tcos of the circle). Now,
T Elongation produced in the spring = (r – l0)
1 mv 2
m vB 2 At upper point, N + mg = ,
2 R
U 4 5
F = – = – (10 r3) (C) (D)
r r 3 3
d a 3t 2
= 0 + t =
=
dt r 2 10 2
This is angular velocity at time t. Now Angular acceleration at
angular velocity at t = 2 sec will be t = 2 sec
d 3 22 8
= dt = 0 + 2 ()at t = 2sec = 2 × 102
=
t 2 sec 2 10 2
= 4 × 102 = 400 rad/sec2
= 1 + 2 x 1.5 = 4 rad/sec
Hence correct answer is (C)
Hence correct answer is (D)
Ex.21 A particle moves in a circle of radius 20cm with Ex.24 A grind stone starts from rest and
a linear speed of 10m/s. The angular velocity will has a constant-angular acceleration of
be - 4.0 rad/sec2.The angular displacement and an-
(A) 50 rad/s (B) 100 rad/s gular velocity, after 4 sec. will respectively be -
(C) 25 rad/s (D) 75 rad/s (A) 32 rad, 16 rad/sec (B) 16rad, 32 rad/s
Sol. The angular velocity is (C) 64rad, 32 rad/sec (D) 32 rad, 64rad/sec
v Sol. Angular displacement after 4 sec is
=
r 1
= 0t + t2
Hence v = 10 m/s 2
r= 20 cm = 0.2 m, 1 1
= t2 = × 4 × 42
= 50 rad/s 2 2
Hence correct answer is (A) = 32 rad
Angular velocity after 4 sec
Ex.22 The angular velocity of a particle is given by =
1.5 t – 3t 2 + 2, the time when its angular = 0 + t
acceleration decreases to be zero will be - = 0 + 4 × 4 = 16 rad/sec
(A) 25 sec (B) 0.25 sec Hence correct answer is (A)
(C) 12 sec (D) 1.2 sec
Ex.25 The shaft of an electric motor starts from rest
Sol.(B) Given that = 1.5t – 3t2 + 2 and on the application of a torque, it gains an
d angular acceleration given by
= = 1.5 – 6t = 3t – t2 during the first 2 seconds after it
dt
When = 0 starts after which = 0. The angular velocity
1.5 – 6t = 0 after 6 sec will be -
1 .5
t = = 0.25 sec (A) 10/3 rad/sec (B) 3/10 rad/sec
6
(C) 30/4 rad/sec (D) 4/30 rad/sec
Hence correct answer is (B)
Sol.(A) Given = 3t – t2
Ex.23 A particle is moving in a circular path with veloc- d
ity varying with time as v = 1.5t2 + 2t. If 2 cm = 3t – t2
dt
the radius of circular path, the angular accelera- d = (3t – t2)dt
tion at t = 2 sec will be -
(A) 4 rad/sec2 (B) 40 rad/sec2 3t 2 t3
= c
(C) 400 rad/sec2 (D) 0.4 rad/sec2 2 3
at t = 0, = 0
Sol.(C) Given v = 1.5 t2 + 2t
Linear acceleration a 3t 2 t3
c = 0, =
dv 2 3
= = 3t + 2
dt Angular velocity at
This is the linear acceleration at time t t = 2 sec, t = 2 sec
Now angular acceleration at time t 3 8 10
= (4) = rad/sec
2 3 3
71 CIRCULAR MOTION
Sol.(B) Mass of the body m = 0.05 kg , Net force towards the centre,
Radius of circular path = 1 m
GMm
The maximum tension in the string can FG =
withstand = 0.5 kg wt = 0.5 × 9.8 N = 4.9 N r2
Hence the centripetal force required to (This force will provide required centripetal force)
produce the maximum tension in the string is Therefore FC = FG
4.9 N
mv 2 GMm
4.9 4.9 =
i.e. mr2 = 4.9 2 = = 0.05 1 = 98 r r2
mr
GM
98 v=
= 98 n = 98 n = r
2 Hence correct answer is (A)
= 1.1576 rev/sec = 94.5 rev/min
Hence correct answer is (B) Note :
Ex.33 A body of mass m is attached with a string of
(i) From above example we see that orbital velocity
length l. If it is whirled in a horizontal circular
of a body is independent to its mass
path with velocity v. The tension in the string will
be - (ii) If we are asked to find out time period of above
body then time period can be calculated as
mv 2
(A) mv2l (B)
2r r3
T = = 2
m mv 2 v GM
(C) (D) 2 3
v2 2 T r this is Kepler's law.
Sol.(B) Required centripetal force , Ex.35 Three identical particles are connected by three
strings as shown in fig. These particles are
mv 2
Fc = revolving in a horizontal plane. The velocity of
outer most particle is v. Then T1 : T2 : T3 will
Here centripetal force is provided by the tension be - (Where T1 is tension in the outer most
in the string string etc.)
v
T mv 2
m O
m m m
l l l
mg
mv 2
T = Fc =
Hence correct answer is (B) (A) 3 : 5 : 7 (B) 3 : 5 : 6
Ex.34 A satellite of mass m is revolving around the (C) 3 : 4 : 5 (D) 7 : 5 : 3
earth of mass M in circular orbit of radius r. The Sol.(B) For A :
orbital velocity of the satellite will be - vc vB vA
GM Gm GM Gm
(A) (B) (C) (D) O B
r r mr Mr T3 C T2 T1 A
For B : mv 2
(iii) Reaction of the centripetal force acting
Required centripetal force r
radially outwards.
m(vB2 )
= Resolving N into horizontal and vertical
2 components we obtain
Remember i.e. angular velocity, of all the
particles is same mv 2
N cos = and N sin = mg
vA vB vC r
= = =
3 2
Thus for B, centripetal force
2mv 2A
=
9
Net force towards the centre
2mv 2A
T2 – T1 =
9
2mv 2A 5mv 2A
T2 = + T1 =
9 9l
(Putting value of T1)
N sin mg
=
For C : N cos mv 2 / r
mvC2 mvA2 rg
Centripetal force. = tan = 2
3l 9l v
Net force towards centre = T3 – T2 r
But tan =
h
mv A2
T3 – T2 = r rg
9l = 2
h v
mvA2
T3 = + T2
9l v= hg = 9.8 9.8 10 2
6 mvA2 = 0.98 m/s
T3 = Hence correct answer is (B)
9l
(on putting value of T2) Ex.37 A string of length 1 m is fixed at one end and
carries a mass of 100 gm at the other end. The
1 5 6 string makes 2/ revolutions per second about
Now T1 : T2 : T3 = : : = 3 : 5 : 6
3 9 9 a vertical axis through the fixed end. The angle
of inclination of the string with the vertical, and
Note: It is to be pondered from the above example that the linear velocity of the mass will respectively
as the velocity is increased continuously, the be - (in M.K.S. system)
innermost string will break first i.e. T3 > T2 > T1
(A) 52º14', 3.16 (B) 50º14', 1.6
Hence correct answer is (B) (C) 52º14', 1.6 (D) 50º14', 3.16
Ex.36 A particle describes a horizontal circle on the Sol.(A) Let T be the tension, the angle made by the
smooth surface of an inverted cone. The height string with the vertical through the point of sus-
of the plane of the circle above the vertex is 9.8 pension.
cm. The speed of the particle will be -
The time period
h g
= ac 2 a t 2
cos = = = 0.6125 = 52º 14'
16 = ( 400 )2 (100 )2
Linear velocity = 100 17 m/s2
= (l sin ) =1 × sin 52º 14' × 4 = 3.16 m/s [Remember the angle between a t i.e. the
Hence correct answer is (A) tangential acceleration and ac i.e. the radial
Ex.38 A particle of mass m is moving in a circular acceleration, is always 90º]
path of constant radius r such that its centripetal Hence correct answer is (A)
acceleration ac is varying with time t as ac = Ex.40 The kinetic energy of a particle moving along a
k2rt2, where k is a constant. The power delivered circle of radius R depends on distance covered
(s) as T = as2, where a is constant. The force
to the particle by the forces acting on it will be
acting on the particle as a function of s will be
-
-
(A) mk 2t2r (B) mk 2r2t2
1/ 2
(C) m 2k 2t2r2 (D) mk 2r2t s2 2as
(A) 2as 1 2 (B)
Sol.(D) Centripetal acceleration, R R
v2 2as
ac = = k 2 rt2
r (C) 2as s2 R2 (D)
R
Variable velocity
Sol.(A) The kinetic energy
v= k 2r 2 t 2 = k r t T = as2
The force causing the velocity to varies
1 2
dv mv = as2
F = m = m k r 2
dt mv 2 2as 2
The power delivered by the force is, =
R R
P = Fv = mkr × krt = mk 2r2t Centripetal force or Radial force,
Hence correct answer is (D) 2as 2
Fc = .... (1)
Ex.39 A car is moving in a circular path of radius 100 R
m with velocity of 200 m/sec such that in each
Further mv2 = 2as2
sec its velocity increases by 100 m/s, the net
acceleration of car will be - 2a
v= s .... (2)
(in m/sec) m
(A) 100 17 (B) 10 7 dv 2a ds
=
(C) 10 3 (D) 100 3 dt m dt
Sol.(A) We know centripetal acceleration 2a
2
= v .... (3)
(tangential velocity ) m
a c= Using (2) and (3) gives tangential acceleration,
radius
dv 2a
(200 ) 2 at =
dt
=
m
.v
= = 400 m/sec2
100 2
at 2a
= s = 2a s
m m
m at = 2as
ac Tangential force,
O Ft = mat = 2as
As centripetal and tangential force are mutually
perpendicular, therefore
2
2as 2
(2as )2 s2 mv 2
= = 2as 1 Sol.(A) Maximum tension T = + mg
R r
R2
Hence correct answer is (A)
mv 2
Note: = T – mg
r
In the above example the angle made by F from the
centripetal acceleration will be 4v 2
or = 163.6 – 4 × 9.8
1
v = 6 m/s
Hence correct answer is (A)
Fc Fc
Ex.43 The string of a pendulum is horizontal. The mass
Ft of the bob is m. Now the string is released. The
Ft 2as R tension in the string in the lowest position is -
tan = = 2
= (1) 1 mg (2) 2 mg
Fc 2as / R s
(3) 3 mg (4) 4 mg
Ex.41 A particle of mass m tied with a string of length Sol.(C) The situation is shown in fig. Let v be the velocity
is released from horizontal as shown in fig. of the bob at the lowest position. In this position
The velocity at the lowest portion will be - the P.E. of bob is converted into K.E. hence -
(A) g (B) 2g
1 1
(C) g (D) g
2 2
Sol.(B) Suppose v be the velocity of particle at the
lowest position B.
According to conservation of energy 1
(K.E. + P.E.) at A = (K.E. + P.E.) at B mgl = mv2
2
v2 = 2gl ....(1)
l A
O If T be the tension in the string,
mv 2
l then T – mg = ....(2)
From (1) & (2) T = 3 mg
B Hence correct answer is (C)
Sol.(B) According to law of conservation of energy Sol.(A) Let the particles leaves the sphere at height h,
(K.E + P.E.) at A = (K.E + P.E) at B A
1 N
0 + mgh = mv2 + 0
2 B
v = 2gh h
But velocity at the lowest point of circle, mg v
5R mv 2
v 5gR 2gh 5gR h = mg cos – N
2 R
Hence correct answer is (B)
When the particle leaves the sphere
Ex.45 The roadway bridge over a canal is the form of i.e. N = 0
an arc of a circle of radius 20 m. What is the mv 2
= mg cos
minimum speed with which a car can cross the R
bridge without leaving contact with the ground at v2 = gR cos ....(1)
the highest point (g = 9.8 m/s2) According to law of conservation of energy
(K.E. + P.E.) at A = (K.E. + P.E.) at B
(A) 7 m/s (B) 14 m/s
1
(C) 289 m/s (D) 5 m/s 0 + mgR = mv2 + mgh
2
Sol.(B) The minimum speed at highest point of a vertical v2 = 2g (R – h) ....(2)
circle is given by 2
From (1) & (2) h = R
3
vc= rg = 20 9.8 = 14 m/s 2
Also cos =
Hence correct answer is (B) 3
Hence correct answer is (A)
Ex.46 A cane filled with water is revolved in a vertical Ex.48 A body of mass m tied at the end of a string of
circle of radius 0.5 m and the water does not
length l is projected with velocity 4l g , at what
fall down. The maximum period of revolution must
be - height will it leave the circular path -
(A) 1.45 (B) 2.45 5 3
(A) l (B) l
(C) 14.15 (D) 4.25 3 5
Sol.(A) The speed at highest point must be 1 2
(C) l (D) l
2 3 3
v > gr , v = r = r
T Sol.(A) Let the body will have the circular path at height
h above the bottom of circle from figure
2
r > rg
T
2r r 0 .5
T < < 2 < 2 < 1.4 sec
rg g 9 .8
Maximum period of revolution = 1.4 sec
Hence correct answer is (A)
Ex.47 A particle of mass m slides down from the vertex
of semi-hemisphere, without any initial velocity.
At what height from horizontal will the particle
leave the sphere- mv 2
= T + mg cos
2 3 On leaving the circular path
(A) R (B) R
3 2 T= 0
5 8 mv 2
(C) R (D) R = mg cos
8 5
v2 = g l cos ....(1)
77 CIRCULAR MOTION
15. A particle moves in a circle of radius 25 cm at two revo- (C) both acceleration and velocity change
lutions per second. The acceleration of particle in m/s2
(D) both acceleration and speed are constant
is -
22. When a body moves with a constant speed along a
(A) 2 (B) 82
circle-
(C) 42 (D) 22
(A) no work is done on it
16. A particle moves in circular path with uniform speed v.
The change in its velocity on rotating through 60º is - (B) no acceleration is produced in the body
(C) no force acts on the body
v
(A) v 2 (B) (D) its velocity remains constant
2
23. What happens to the centripetal acceleration of a
(C) v (D) Zero
revolving body if you double the orbital speed v and
17. Two bodies of masses 10 kg and 5 kg moving on con-
halve the angular velocity ?
centric orbits of radii R and r such that their period of
revolution are same. The ratio of their centripetal accel- (A) the centripetal acceleration remains unchanged
eration is - (B) the centripetal acceleration is halved
28. A car of mass m is taking a circular turn of radius 'r' on 34. A particle is moving along a circular path of radius
a frictional level road with a speed v. In order that the 6 m with uniform speed of 8 ms–1. The average
car does not skid- acceleration when the particle completes one half of
the revolution is -
mv 2 mv 2
(A) mg (B) mg 16 32
r r (A) m/s2 (B) m/s2
3 3
mv 2 v
(C) = mg (D) = mg
r r 64
(C) m/s2 (D) None of these
Where '' is coefficient of friction 3
29. What happens to centripital force of a revolving body 35. A string of length 1 m is fixed at one end and carries
if you double the orbital speed v and halve the angular a mass of 100 gm at the other end. The string makes
velocity - (2/) revolutions per second around vertical axis
through the fixed end. Calculate the tension in the
(A) Centripetal force remains unchanged
string-
(B) Centripital force is halved
(A) 1.0 N (B) 1.6 N
(C) Centripital force is doubled
(C) 2 N (D) 4 N
(D) Centripital force is quadrupled 36. A chain of 125 links is 1.25 m long and has a mass
30. A body is moving with a constant speed v in a circle of of 2 kg with the ends fastened together it is set
radius r. Its angular acceleration is-
rev
rotating at 3000 . Find the centripetal force on
v min
(A) Zero (B)
r each link -
v2 v2 (A) 3.14 N (B) 314 N
(C) 2 (D)
r r
31. A body of mass 10 kg is rotated in vertical circle of 1 1
(C) N (D) N
radius 4 cm at constant angular velocity of 5 rad/ sec. 3.14 314
The maximum tension in the string is- 37. When the road is dry and the coefficient of friction
(A) 100 N (B) 600 N is , the maximum speed of a car in a circular path
is 10 m/s, if the road becomes wet and ’ = /2.
(C) 110 N (D) 1100 N
What is the maximum speed permitted ?
32. If both the speed and radius of circular path of a
(A) 5 m/s (B) 10 m/s
revolving body are doubled, the magnitude of
centripetal force will be (C) 10 2 m/s (D) 5 2 m/s
(A) equal to the former
38. A person with a mass of M kg stands in contact
(B) twice the former against the wall of the cylindrical drum of radius r
(C) 4 times the former rotating with an angular velocity . The coefficient
(D) 8 times the former of friction between the wall and the clothing is .
The minimum rotational speed of the cylinder which
33. A particle is acted upon by a force of constant
enables the person to remain stuck to the wall when
magnitude which is always perpendicular to the
the floor is suddenly removed is -
velocity of the particle. The motion of the particle
takes place in a plane. it follows that– g r
(A) its velocity is constant (A) min = (B) min = g
r
(B) its acceleration is constant
(C) its kinetic energy is constant 2g gr
(C) min = (D) min =
(D) it moves in circular path r
CIRCULAR MOTION 81
39. A body is revolving with a uniform speed V in a 44. A coin placed on a rotating turn table just slips if
circle of radius r. The angular acceleration of the it is at a distance of 40 cm from the centre if the
body is - angular velocity of the turntable is doubled, it will
just slip at a distance of
V
(A) (A) 10 cm (B) 20 cm
r
(B) Zero (C) 40 cm (D) 80 cm
45. A stone of mass 0.5 kg tied with a string of length
V2 1 m is moving in a circular path with a speed of 4
(C) along the radius and towards the centre
r m/sec. The tension acting on the string in Newton
is
V2
(D) along the radius and away from the centre (A) 2 (B) 8
r
(C) 0.2 (D) 0.8
40. A particle completes 3 revolutions per second on a
circular path of radius 8 cm. Find the values of 46. A particle is acted upon by a constant force always
angular velocity and centripetal acceleration of the normal to the direction of motion of the particle. It
particle - is therefore inferred that-
(a) Its velocity is constant
rad cm (b) It moves in a straight line
(A) 6 ; 2882 2
s s (c) Its speed is constant
rad cm (d) It moves in circular path
(B) ; 2752 2
s s (A) a, d (B) c, d
(C) a, b (D) a, b, c
rad cm
(C) 6 ; 288 2 Non uniform Circular motion
s s
47. A particle is projected so as to just move along a vertical
(D) None
circle of radius r. The ratio of the tension in the string
41. A car of mass 1000 kg moves on a circular track of when the particle is at the lowest and highest point on
radius 20 m. if the coefficient of friction is 0.64, what the circle is -
is the maximum velocity with which the car can be
moved? (A) 1 (B) finite but large
(A) 1.12 m/s (B) 11.2 m/s (C) zero (D) Infinite
48. A block of mass m slides down along the surface of the
0 . 64 20 1000 bowl from the rim to the bottom as shown in fig. The
(C) m/s (D) 0 .64 20 m/s
1000 velocity of the block at the bottom will be-
42. The earth, radius 6400 km, makes one revolution
about its own axis in 24 hours. The centripetal
acceleration of a point on its equator is nearly -
cm cm
(A) 340 (B) 3.4
sec 2 sec 2
(A) Rg (B) 2 Rg
cm cm
(C) 34 (D) 0.34
sec 2 sec 2 (C) 2Rg (D) gR
43. A stone of mass 0.1 kg tied to one end of a string 49. A sphere is suspended by a thread of length l. What
1.0 m long is revolved in a horizontal circle at the minimum horizontal velocity is to be imparted to the
rate of 10/ revolution per second. Calculate the sphere for it to reach the height of suspension?
tension of the string ?
(A) gl (B) g l
(A) 30 N (B) 40 N
(C) 50 N (D) 60 N (C) 2g l (D) l /g
CIRCULAR MOTION 82
50. A body of mass 2 kg is moving in a vertical of radius 2 57. A motor-cycle is moving in a vertical circular path.
m. The work done when it moves from the lowest point At what stage will the speed of the motor cycle be
to the highest point is- maximum ?
(A) 80 J (B) 40 J (A) At the highest point of the path
64. The maximum speed with which a car can cross a 71. A cyclist taking turn bends inwards while a car
convex bridge over a river with radius of curvature passenger taking the same turn is thrown outwards.
9 m is : (given that the centre of gravity of car is 1m The reason is -
above the road) (A) that car is heavier than cycle
(A) 50 m/s (B) 30 m/s (B) that car has four wheels, while cycle has only
(C) 20 m/s (D) 10 m/s two
65. A car is moving with speed 30 m/s on a circular path (C) that cyclist has to counteract the centrifugal
of radius 500 m. Its speed is increasing at the rate force, while the passenger is only thrown by it
of 2 m/s2. The net acceleration of the car is- (D) the difference in the speed of the two
(A) 3.7 m/s2 (B) 2.7 m/s2 Theta, omega, alpha, equations of motion
(C) 1.8 m/s2 (D) 2 m/s2 72. A particle is moving along a circular path with uniform
Banking of roads speed. Through what angle does its angular velocity
66. A cyclist taking turn bends inwards while a car change when it completes half of the circular path ?
passenger take the same turn is thrown outwards. The (a) 0° (b) 45°
reason is-
(c) 180° (d) 360°
(A) car is heavier then cycle 73. What is the angular velocity in rad/s of a fly wheel making
(B) car has four wheels while cycle has only two 300 r.p.m. ?
(C) difference in the speed of the two (a) 600 (b) 20
(D) Cyclist has to counteract the centrifugal force while (c) 10 (d) 30
in the case of car only the passenger is thrown by 74. The angular velocity of a particle moving in a circle of
this force
radius 50 cm is increased in 5 min from 100 revolutions
67. A cyclist turns around a curve at 15 miles/hour. If he per minute to 400 revolutions per minute. Find tangential
turns at double the speed, the tendency to overturn is- acceleration of the particle.
2 2
(A) doubled (B) quadrupled (a) 60 m/s (b) /30 m/s
2 2
(C) halved (D) unchanged (c) /15 m/s (d) /60 m/s
68. A cyclist is moving on a circular track of radius 80 m 75. A particle covers equal distance around a circular path,
with a velocity of 72 km/hr. He has to lean from the in equal intervals of time. Which of the following
vertical approximately through an angle quantities connected with the motion of the particle
(A) tan–1 (1/4) (B) tan–1 (1) remains constant with time ?
(C) tan–1 (1/2) (D) tan–1 (2) (a) Displacement (b) Velocity
69. Keeping the banking angle same to increase the (c) Speed (d) Acceleration
maximum speed with which a vehicle can travel on a 76. A particle is moving along a circular path of radius 2m
–1
curved road by 10%, the radius of curvature of road with uniform speed of 5 ms . What will be the change in
has to be changed from 20 m to- velocity when the particle completes half of the revolution?
–1
(A) 16 m (B) 18 m (a) Zero (b) 10 ms
(C) 24.25 m (D) 30.5 m
10
70. A motor cyclist moving with a velocity of 72 km per (c) 10 2 ms 1 (d) ms1
2
hour on a flat road takes a turn on the road at a point
where the radius of curvature of the road is 20 metres. 77. A particle is moving along a circular path of radius 5m
–1
The acceleration due to gravity is 10 m/s2. In order to with a uniform speed 5 ms . What will be the average
avoid skidding, he must not bend with respect to the acceleration when the particle completes half revolution?
vertical plane by an angle greater than- (a) Zero (b) 10 ms
–1
Vertical Circular Motion 80. A particle moves in a circle of a radius 30 cm. Its linear
78. What should be the minimum velocity at the highest point speed is given by : v=2t, where t in second and v in m/s.
of a body tied to a string, so that the string just does not Find out its radial and tangential acceleration at t = 3 sec.
slack ? respectively :
2 2
(a) 220 m/sec , 50 m/sec
(a) Rg (b) 5Rg 2 2
(b) 100 m/sec , 5 m/sec
3/ 2 2 2
R (c) 120 m/sec , 2 m/sec
(c) (d) 2Rg 2
(d) 110 m/sec , 10 m/sec
2
g
15. A particle moves in a circle of radius 25 cm at two (a) 14 m/s (b) 3 m/s
revolutions per second. The acceleration of the (c) 3.92 m/s (d) 5 m/s
2
particle in m / s is [DPMT 1999] 23. A body of mass 5 kg is moving in a circle of radius 1 m
(a) 2 (b) 8 2 with an angular velocity of 2 radian/sec. The
centripetal force is [AIIMS 1998]
(c) 4 2 (d) 2 2
(a) 10 N (b) 20 N
16. An electric fan has blades of length 30 cm as measured (c) 30 N (d) 40 N
from the axis of rotation. If the fan is rotating at 1200
24. A sphere of mass m is tied to end of a string of length
r.p.m. The acceleration of a point on the tip of the
blade is about [CBSE PMT 1990] l and rotated through the other end along a horizontal
circular path with speed v . The work done in full
(a) 1600 m / sec 2 (b) 4740 horizontal circle is [CPMT 1993]
(c) 2370 (d) 5055 2
mv
17. The force required to keep a body in uniform circular (a) 0 (b) l . 2l
motion is [EAMCET 1982; AFMC 2003]
(a) Centripetal force (b) Centrifugal force 2
mv
(c) Resistance (d) None of the above (c) mg . 2l (d) l . (l)
18. A particle moves in a circular orbit under the action of
a central attractive force inversely proportional to the 25. A body is whirled in a horizontal circle of radius 20 cm.
distance 'r' . The speed of the particle is It has angular velocity of 10 rad/s. What is its linear
[CBSE PMT 1995] velocity at any point on circular path
[CBSE PMT 1996]
(a) Proportional to r 2 (b) Independent of r (a) 10 m/s (b) 2 m/s
(c) Proportional to (d) Proportional to (c) 20 m/s (d) 2 m/s
19. A mass of 2 kg is whirled in a horizontal circle by
26. Find the maximum velocity for skidding for a car moved
means of a string at an initial speed of 5 revolutions on a circular track of radius 100 m. The coefficient of
per minute. Keeping the radius constant the tension friction between the road and tyre is 0.2
in the string is doubled. The new speed is nearly [CPMT 1996]
[MP PMT/PET 1998; JIPMER 2000] (a) 0.14 m/s (b) 140 m/s
(a) 14 rpm (b) 10 rpm (c) 1.4 km/s (d) 14 m/s
(c) 2.25 rpm (d) 7 rpm
27. A car when passes through a convex bridge exerts a
20. The magnitude of the centripetal force acting on a force on it which is equal to [AFMC 1997]
body of mass m executing uniform motion in a circle
of radius r with speed v is Mv 2 Mv 2
(a) Mg (b)
r r
[AFMC 1998;MP PET 1999]
(a) mvr (b) mv 2 / r (c) Mg (d) None of these
28. The angular speed of seconds needle in a mechanical
(c) v / r 2 m (d) v / rm watch is [CPMT 1997]
21. A 500 kg car takes a round turn of radius 50 m with a
velocity of 36 km/hr. The centripetal force is (a) rad/s (b) 2 rad/s
30
[CBSE PMT 1999]
(a) 250 N (b) 750 N 60
(c) rad/s (d) rad/s
(c) 1000 N (d) 1200 N
22. A ball of mass 0.25 kg attached to the end of a string of 29. The angular velocity of a particle rotating in a circular
length 1.96 m is moving in a horizontal circle. The string orbit 100 times per minute is
will break if the tension is more than 25 N. What is the [SCRA 1998; DPMT 2000]
maximum speed with which the ball can be moved (a) 1.66 rad/s (b) 10.47 rad/s
[CBSE PMT 1998]
(c) 10.47 deg/s (d) 60 deg/s
CIRCULAR MOTION 87
53. The tension in the string revolving in a vertical circle 58. For a particle in a non-uniform accelerated circular
with a mass m at the end which is at the lowest motion [AMU (Med.) 2000]
position [AIIMS 2001]
(a) Velocity is radial and acceleration is
2 2
mv mv transverse only
(a) (b) mg
r r
(b) Velocity is transverse and acceleration is
radial only
mv 2
(c) mg (d) mg
r (c) Velocity is radial and acceleration has both
radial and transverse components
54. A block follows the path as shown in the figure from
height h . If radius of circular path is r , then relation (d) Velocity is transverse and acceleration has
that holds good to complete full circle is both radial and transverse components
[RPET 1997] 59. A ball is moving to and fro about the lowest point A of a
smooth hemispherical bowl. If it is able to rise up to a
height of 20 cm on either side of A, its speed at A must be
(Take = 10 m/s2, mass of the body 5 g) [JIPMER 2000]
(a) 0.2 m/s (b) 2 m/s
h
(c) 4 m/s (d) 4.5 ms–1
r 60. A particle is kept at rest at the top of a sphere of
diameter 42 m. When disturbed slightly, it slides down.
At what height ‘h’ from the bottom, the particle will
(a) h 5r / 2 (b) h 5r / 2 leave the sphere [BHU 2003]
(a) 14 m (b) 28 m
(c) h 5r / 2 (d) h 5r / 2
(c) 35 m (d) 7 m
55. A pendulum bob on a 2 m string is displaced 60o from
the vertical and then released. What is the speed of 61. A small disc is on the top of a hemisphere of radius R .
the bob as it passes through the lowest point in its What is the smallest horizontal velocity v that should
path [JIPMER 1999] be given to the disc for it to leave the hemisphere and
(a) 2 m/s (b) 9 .8 m / s
not slide down it ? [There is no friction] [CPMT 1991]
(a) v 2 gR (b) v gR
(c) 4.43 m/s (d) 1 / 2 m / s
(a) Is independent of the mass of the stone 63. A bucket full of water is revolved in vertical circle of
(b) Is independent of the length of the string radius 2m. What should be the maximum time-period
of revolution so that the water doesn’t fall off the
(c) Decreases with increasing mass of the
stone bucket [AFMC 2004]
(d) Decreases with increase in length of the (a) 1 sec (b) 2 sec
string
(c) 3 sec (d) 4 sec
CIRCULAR MOTION 90
64. Figure shows a body of mass m moving with a uniform 68. Two cars of masses m1 and m2 are moving in circles of radii
speed v along a circle of radius r. The change in velocity
r1 and r2, respectively. Their speeds are such that they
in going from A to B is [DPMT 2004]
make complete circles in the same time t. The ratio of their
B
centripetal acceleration is (2012)
(a) m1r1 : m2r2 (b) m1 : m2
C A (c) r1 : r2 (d) 1 : 1
O
69. A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a circular
orbit of radius R in a central force inversely proportional
D
to the nth power of R. If the period of rotation of the
particle is T, then : (2018)
(a) v 2 (b) v / 2
(n 1) n
(c) v (d) zero
(a) T R 2 (b) T R 2
65. A particle is acted upon by a force of constant magnitude
which is always perpendicular to the velocity of the 3 n
1
particle. The motion of the particle takes place in a plane, it (c) T R 2 For any n. (d) T R 2
follows that (2004)
70. A particle is released on a vertical smooth semicircular
(a) its velocity is constant
track from point X so that OX makes angle from the
(b) its acceleration is constant vertical (see figure). The normal reaction of the track on
(c) its kinetic energy is constant the particle vanishes at point Y where OY makes angle
(d) it moves in a straight line with the horizontal. Then : (2014 Online Set-4)
66. For a particle in uniform circular motion the acceleration a
at a point P (R, ) on the circle of radius R is (here is
measured from the x–axis (2010)
v2 v2 v2 v2
(a) cos ˆi sin ˆj (b) sin ˆi cos ˆj
R R R R
v2 v2 v2 ˆ v2 ˆ
(c) cos ˆi sin ˆj (d) i j 1
R R R R (a) sin cos (b) sin = cos
2
67. A point P moves in counter–clockwise direction on a
circular path as shown in the figure. The movement of P is 2 3
3 (c) sin cos (d) sin cos
such that it sweeps out a length s = t + 5, where s is in 3 4
metre and t is in second. The radius of the path is 20 m. The
acceleration of P when t = 2 s is nearly (2010) 71. A particle starts moving on a circle of radius R with initial
velocity v0 such that centripetal L tangential acceleration
are equal at all instants. Maximum time for which it can
move. (2015 Online)
R 2R
(a) v (b) v
0 0
–2 –2
R
(a) 13 ms (b) 12 ms (c) 2v (d) Infinite
–2 –2 0
(c) 7.2 ms (d) 14 ms
CIRCULAR MOTION 91
72. A cubical block of side 30 cm is moving with velocity 2 74. A conical pendulum of length 1 m makes an angle 45º
ms”1 on a smooth horizontal surface. The surface has a
bump at a point O as shown in figure. The angular velocity w.r.t. Z-axis and moves in a circle in the XY plane. The
(in rad/s) of the block immediately after it hits the bump, radius of the circle is 0.4m and its center is vertically
is : (2016 Online Set -1) below O. The speed of the pendulum, in its circular path,
will be : (Take g = 10 ms–2) (2017 Online Set-2)
1 7 1 4
(a) tan (b) tan
33 33
1 13 1 7
(c) tan (d) tan
33 29
CIRCULAR MOTION 92
Q.2 A smooth wire is bent into a vertical circle of radius Q.6 The equation of motion of a particle moving on
a . A bead P can slide A circular path (radius 200 m) is given by s = 18
smoothly on the wire. The t + 3t2 – 2t3 where s is the total distance covered
circle is rotated about from straight point in metres at the end of t seconds.
diameter AB as axis with a a The maximum speed of the particle will be-
speed as shown in figure. 0 (A) 15 m/sec (B) 23 m/sec
The bead P is at rest with (C) 19.5 m/sec (D) 25 m/sec
a/2 P
respect to the circular ring
in the position shown. Then
Q.7 The kinetic energy of a particle moving along a
2 is equal to- B
circle of radius R depends on the distance covered
(A) 2g /a (B) 2g / (a 3) s as T = KS2 where K is a constant. Find the force
(C) g 3g / a (D) 2a / (g 3) acting on the particle as a function of S -
2 2
Q.3 A heavy small sized sphere is suspended by a 2K S R
(A) 1 (B) 2KS 1
string of length . The sphere rotates uniformly in S R S
a horizontal circle with the string making an angle
with the vertical. Then the time period of this 2 2
conical pendulum is- S 2S R
(C) 2KS 1 (D) 1
R K S
l sin
(A) T = 2 (B) T=2
g Q.8 A point moves along a circle with velocity v=
at where a 0.5 m/sec2. Then the total acceleration of
l cos l the point at the moment when it covered (1/10) th
(C) T = 2 (D) T=2 g cos
g of the circle after beginning of motion -
(A) 0.5 m/sec2 (B) 0.6 m/sec2
Q.4 A simple pendulum of length L and mass M is (C) 0.7 m/sec2 (D) 0.8 m/sec2
oscillating in a plane about a vertical line between
angular limits – and + . For an angular Q.9 A solid body rotates about a stationary axis so that
displacement [ | < ], the tension in the string its angular velocity depends on the rotation angle
and the velocity of the bob are T and v respectively. as = 0 – k , where 0 and k are positive
The following relation holds good under the above constants. At the moment t = 0, the angle = 0.
conditions- Find the time dependence of rotation angle -
(A) T = Mg cos 0 –kt
(A) K. 0e–kt (B) [e ]
(B) T cos = Mg K
(C) T – Mg cos = Mv2/L
0 K
(D) T + Mg cos = Mv2/L (C) [1–e–k.t] (D) [ e–kt – 1]
K 0
CIRCULAR MOTION 93
Q.10 A heavy particle hanging from a fixed point by a rotating the turn table with a constant angular
light inextensible string of length l is projected velocity of 102 rad-sec–1 the ball moves away from
horizontally with speed ( gl) . Then the speed of the initial position by a distance nearly equal to-
the particle and the inclination of the string to the
vertical at the instant of the motion when the tension
in the string equal the weight of the particle-
O
3l lg
(A) –1 , cos–1 (2/3)
g , cos (3/2) (B)
3
3g gl 0.1m
(C) , cos–1 (2/3) (D) , sin–1 (2/3)
l 3
(A) 10–1
m (B) 10–2 m
(C) 10–3 m (D) 2 × 10–1 m
Q.11 A small body of mass m slides without friction from
the top of a hemispherical
Q.15 A particle of mass m is attached to one end of a
cup of radius r as shown
h string of length l while the other end is fixed to a
in the following figure. If Q
point h above the horizontal table, the particle is
it leaves the surface of the
made to revolve in a circle on the table so as to
cup at a vertical distance
make p revolutions per second. The maximum value
'h' below the highest
r of p if the particle is to be in contact with the table
point, then-
will be-
(A) h = r (B) h = r/3
(C) h = r /2 (D) h = 2r /3 (A) 2 p gh (B) ( g / h)
Q.19 The vertical section of a road over a canal bridge in Q.24 A stone is rotated steadily in a horizontal circle
the direction of its length is in the form of circle of with a time period T 72km/hr.
radius 8.9 metre. Then the greatest spped at which by means of a string
the car can cross this bridge wihout losing contact of length l . If the
P
with the road at its hgihest point, the centre of tension in the string is
gravity of the car being at a height h = 1.1 metre kept constant and length l increase by 1%,
from the ground. Take g = 10 m/sec2- then percentage change in time period T is-
(A) 1 % (B) 0.5 %
(A) 5 m/sec (B) 10 m/sec
(C) 2 % (D) 0.25 %
(C) 15 m/sec (D) 20 m/sec
Q.25 If mass ,speed and radius of rotation of a body
Q.20 A smooth table is placed horizontally and an ideal moving in a circular path are all increased by 50%,
spring of spring constant k = 1000 N/m and unextended the necessary force required to maintain the body
length of 0.5 m has one end fixed to its centre. The moving in the circular path will have to be increased
other end is attached to a mass of 5 kg which is by-
moving in a circle with constant speed 20 m/s. Then (A) 225% (B) 125%
the tension in the spring and the extension of this (C)150% (D)100 %
spring beyond its normal length are-
(A) 500 N, 0.5 m (B) 600 N, 0.6 m (C) 700 N, 0.7 m Q.26 A particle describing circular
(D) 800 N, 0.8 m motion as shown in figure.
The velocity of particle in
m/s is-
Q.21 A body of mass 2 kg is tied at one end of a string
(A) 2.82
1 m long. The other end is fixed and the body
(B) 2.8
revolves in a horizontal circle. The maximum tension
(C) 1.42 80cm
which the string can withstand is 2000 N. Calculate (D) 1.4
the maximum number of revolutions per minute the
body will make and its linear velocity when the Q.27 A particle P is moving in a circle of radius 'a' with
string just breaks- a uniform speed v. C is the centre of the circle and
(A) 203 rpm, 13.6 m/sec (B) 32 AP is diameter. The angular velocity of P about A
rpm, 16.3 m/sec and C are in the ratio-
(C) 302 rpm, 61.3 m/sec (D) 302 (A) 1 :1 (B) 1 : 2
rpm, 31.6 m/sec (C) 2 : 1 (D) 4 : 1
Q.28 A coin placed on a rotating turn table just slips if
Q.22 A car of mass 1000 kg moves on a circular path with it is placed at a distace of 4 cm from the centre. If
the angular velocity of the turn table is doubled, it
constant speed of 16 m/s. It is turned by 90º after
will just slip at a distance of-
travelling 628 m on the road. The centripetal force
(A) 1 cm (B) 2 cm
acting on the car is-
(C) 4 cm (D) 8 cm
(A) 160 N (B) 320 N Q.29 In an atom two electrons move round the nucleus
(C) 640 N (D) 1280 N in circular orbits of radii r and 4r. The ratio of the
Q.23 A car while travelling at a speed of 72 km/hr. Passes time taken by them to complete one revolution is-
through a curved portion of road in the form of an (A) 4 :1 (B) 1: 4 (C) 1 : 8
arc of a radius 10 m. If the mass of the car is 500 kg
(D) 8 : 1
the reaction on the car at the lowest point P is-
Q.30 A boy revolves two balls each of mass 100 gm and
(A) 25 KN (B) 50 KN
tied with strings of 1 metre length in horizontal
(C) 75 KN (D) None of these
circle as shown in figure. If the speed of outermost
ball is 6 m/s , then tension in string-1 is-
(A) 2.4 N (B) 2.7 N
(C) 2 N (D) 1.2 N
CIRCULAR MOTION 95
Q.31 Three small balls each of mass 100 gm are attached Q.35 A particle is moving along a circular path of radiu 3
at distance of 1 m, 2 m and 3 m from end D of a meter in such a way that the distance travelled
3 m length of string. The string measured along the circumference is given by S =
is rotated with uniform t2 t3
angular velocity in a 2 . The accelration of particle when t = 2 sec
horizontal plane about D. If 2 3
1
the outside ball is moving at is-
a speed of 6 m/s, the ratio of (A) 1.3 m/s2 (B) 13 m/s2
(C) 3 m/s 2 (D) 10 m/s2
tension in the three parts of
the string from inside-
(A) 6 : 5 : 4 (B) 3 : 2 :1 Q.36 A partcile of mass m is moving in a circular path of
(C) 3 : 5 : 6 (D) 6 : 5 : 3 constant radius r such that its centripetal
Q.32 A stone of mass 1 kg tied to a light inextensible acceleration ac is varying with time t as ac= k2 r t2,
string of length 10/3 metre is whirling in a vertical where k is a constant, the power delivered to the
circle. If the ratio of maximum tension to minimum particle by the forces acting on it is-
tension in the string is 4, then speed of stone st (A) 2 m k2 r2 t (B) m k2 r2 t
4 2 5
(C) (m k r t )/3 (D) 0
highest point of the circle is- [g = 10 m/s2]
(A) 20 m/s (B) 10 3 m/s Q.37 A partcle rests on the top of a hemisphere of radiu R.
(C) 5 2 m/s (D) 10 m/s Find the smallest horizontal velocity that must be
imparted to the particle if it is to leave the hemisphere
without sliding down it-
Q.33 Tow moving particles P and Q are 10 m apart at a
certain instant. The velocity of P is 8 m/s making 30º (A) gR (B) 2gR
with the line joining P and Q and that of Q is 6 m/
s making an angle 30º with PQ as shown in the (C) 3gR (D) 5gR
firuge .Then angular velocity of P with respect to
Q is- Q.38 A particle P will be in equilibrium inside a hemispherical
bowl of radius 0.5 m at a height 0.2 m from the bottom
when the bowl is rotated at an angular speed ( g = 10 m/
sec2)
(A) 10 / 3 rad/sec
(B) 10 3 rad/sec 0.5m
(C) 10 rad/sec 0.3m
(D 20 rad/sec 0.4m P
(A) 0 rad/s (B) 0.1 rad/s
0.2m
(C) 0.4 rad/s (D) 0.7 rad/s
41. In the above question, the tangential speed of the water (a) E and E (b) E and 4E
drop on leaving the rim of the umbrella is : (c) 4E and E (d) E and 3E
(a) 3 m/s (b) 1.5 m/s
47. A particle moves in a uniform circular motion. Choose the
(c) 1 m/s (d) 2.5 m/s wrong statement :
42. In the above question, the locus of the drops is a circle (a) The particle moves with constant speed
of radius : (b) The acceleration is always normal to the velocity
(a) 3 m (b) 1.5 m
(c) The particle moves with uniform acceleration
(c) 1 m (d) 2.5 m (d) The particle moves with variable velocity
43. If the equation for the displacement of a particle moving
48. A particle is moving on a circular track of radius 30 cm
on a circular path is given by :
3
with a constant speed of 6 m/s. It acceleration is :
= 2t + 0.5
(a) zero (b) 120 m/s2
where is in radian and t in second, then the angular
velocity of the particle at t = 2 sec (c) 1.2 m/s2 (d) 36 m/s2
(a) 8 rad/sec (b) 12 rad/sec 49. Let ar and at represent radial and tangential acceleration.
(c) 24 rad/sec (d) 36 rad/sec The motion of a particle may be circular if :
44. A body moves in a circular path of radius r = 500 m with (a) ar = 0, at = 0 (b) ar = 0, at 0
2
tangential acceleration at = 2 ms . When its tangential
(c) ar 0, at = 0 (d) none of these
linear velocity is 30 m/s, the total acceleration will be :
(a) 5.4 ms
–2
(b) 3.9 ms
–2 50. Two particle of equal masses are revolving in circular
–2 –2 paths of radii r1 and r2 respectively with the same speed.
(c) 2.7 ms (d) 2.1 ms
The ratio of their centripetal forces is :
Horizontal Circular Motion
45. A light rigid rod of length L has a bob of mass M attached r2 r2
(a) (b)
to one of its end just like a simple pendulum. Speed at the r1 r1
lowest point when it is inverted and relesed is
2 2
r r
(c) 1 (d) 2
r2 r1
51. An unbanked curve has a radius of 60 m. The maximum
speed at which a car can make a turn if the coefficient of
static friction is 0.75 is :
(a) 2.1 m/s (b) 14 m/s
(a) gL (b) 2gL (c) 21 m/s (d) 7 m/s
52. If the banking angle of curved road is given by tan–1 (3/5)
(c) 2 gL (d) 5gL
and the radius of curvature of the road is 6 m, then the
46. Two identical particles, A and B, are attached to a string of safe driving speed should not exceed : (g = 10 m/s2)
length 2l, A to middle and B to one of the ends. The string (a) 86.4 km/h (b) 43.2 km/h
is whirled in a horizontal circle, with the end O fixed. If the
kinetic energy of B relative to A is E, then the absolute (c) 21.6 km/h (d) 30.4 km/h
kinetic energies of A and B are 53. A circular road of radius 1000 m has banking angle 45°.
The maximum safe speed of a car having mass 200 kg will
be, if the coefficient of friction between tyres and road is
0.5 :
(a) 172 m/s (b) 124 m/s
(c) 99 m/s (d) 86 m/s
CIRCULAR MOTION 97
54. A motorcyclist wants to drive on the vertical surface of 58. A bob is suspended from a crane by a cable of length
wooden ‘well’ or radius 5 m, with a minimum speed of = 5 m. The crane and load are moving at a constant
speed v0. The crane is stopped by a bumper and the bob
5 5 m/s. The minimum value of coefficient of friction on the cable swings out an angle of 60°. The initial speed
between the tyres and the wall of the well must be : v0 is (g = 9.8 m/s2)
(take g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 0.10 (b) 0.20 l
(c) 0.30 (d) 0.40 v0
Vertical Circular Motion
55. A simple pendulum is oscillating without damping. When
the displacement of the bob is less than maximum, its (a) 10 m/s (b) 7 m/s
acceleration vector a is correctly shown in :
(c) 4 m/s (d) 2 m/s
59. A particle suspended from a fixed point, by a light
a inextensible thread of length L is projected horizontally
(a) (b)
from its lowest position with velocity 7 gL / 2 . The
l
(a) vertical component of velocity of the bob is always
less than its, horizontal component.
u
(b) vertical component of velocity is less than, equal to
or more than the horizontal component on different
(a) g (b) 5g
position.
(c) 3g (d) 2g (c) vertical component of velocity is always more than
the horizontal component.
57. A particle is given an initial speed u inside a smooth (d) acceleration of the bob is constant throughout.
spherical shell of radius R = 1 m that it is just able to
complete the circle. Acceleration of the particle when its 61. With what minimum speed v must a small ball should be
velocity is vertical is pushed inside a smooth vertical tube from a height h so
that it may reach the top of the tube ? Radius of the tube is R.
R
u
R
h v
(a) g 10 (b) g
(c) g 2 (d) 3g
CIRCULAR MOTION 98
Passage - 3
(c) 2R g (d) gR
Using the following passage, sovle Q. 68 to 70
64. A simple pendulum 1 metre long has a bob of 10 kg. If the
A small ball is given some velocity at point A towards right
pendulum swings from a horizontal position, the K.E. of
so that it moves on teh semicirculare track and does not
the bob, at the instant it passes through the lowest
leave contact upto the highest point B. After leaving the
position of its path is highest point B. it falls at the top of a building of height R
(a) 89 joule (b) 95 joule and width x(x << 2R). ( All the surface are frictionless.)
(c) 98 joule (d) 85 joule 68. The velocity given to the ball at point A so that it may hit
65. A small body of mass m slides without friction fron the the top of the building is
top of a hemisphere of radius r. At what height will the
body be detached from the centre of hemisphere ?
8. A bob of mass M is suspended by a massless string 10. The work done on a particle of mass m by a force,
of length L. The horizontal velocity V at position A
is just sufficient to make it reach the point B. The x i y j (K being a constant of
K 3/ 2 3/ 2
x 2 y2
angle at which the speed of the bob is half of that
x 2 y2
at A satisfies – [IIT-2008]
B appropriate dimensions), when the particle is taken from
the point (a, 0) to the point (0, a) along a circular path of
radius a about the origin in the x-y plane is (2013)
2K K
L (a) (b)
a a
V
A K
(c) (d) 0
2a
(A) = (B) < <
4 4 2 11. A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string
having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizonal
3
(C) << (D) << circuit path about vertical axis. The maximum tension
2 4
that the string can bear is 324 N. The maximum possible
9. A stone tied to a string of length L is whirled in a vertical value of angular velocity of ball (in rad/s) is : 2011
circle with the other end of the string at the centre. At a
certain instant of time, the stone is at its lowest position,
and has a speed u. The magnitude of the change in its
velocity as it reaches a position where the string is
horizontal is : (1998)
(a) 9 (b) 18
(a) u 2 2 gL (b) 2 gL
(c) 27 (d) 36
(c) u 2 gL (d)
2 u 2 gL
CIRCULAR MOTION 101
ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (a)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (d) 65. (b) 66. (d) 67. (b) 68. (c) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (a) 73. (c) 74. (d) 75. (c) 76. (b) 77. (d) 78. (a) 79. (c) 80. (c)
THEORY
In the first part of mechanics, we have discussed all about System 1 System 2
point objects. In this chapter, we shall deal with the cases of Y
large objects or system of point objects. M1 M2
To deal with such scenarios, we need to know about centre x1, y1 x2, y2
of mass of an object or a system.
System 3
1.1 Definition
M3
It is the weighted mean of the positions of all the point
objects with masses as their weight. x3, y3
Example : O X
M 1, x 1 M 2, x 2 M 3, x 3 M n, x n
X Consider three systems, where total and position of COM
O mass of all the particles in system 1, is M1 and (x1, y1), in
system 2 is M2 and (x2, y2) and in system 3 is M3 and (x3, y3).
then
Then COM of all particles in all compined systems is
m x m 2 x 2 ...... m n x n
X cm 1 1
m1 m 2 ...... m n M1 x1 M 2 x 2 M3 x 3 M y M2 y2 M3 y3
Xcm and Ycm 1 1
M1 M 2 M3 M1 M2 M3
Similarly :
(c) Continuous Objects :
mi ri
rcm COM of continuous objects can be found with help of
mi
integration. Presently we shall focus on the location of COM
for same continuous objects.
mi x i mi yi
X cm and Ycm
mi mi X Uniform Rod
m1c C
b R
m1 m 2 R C hollow hemisphere
2
* COM will be towards the heavier mass. O
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 104
C (d) We know
R 3R
C solid hemisphere
8 M v M 2 v 2 ......M n v n
O Vcm 1 1
M1 M 2 ......M n
Mv cm m1 v1 m 2 v 2 ...... m n v n
h Psys P1 P2 ...... Pn
C h
C solid right circular cone Total momentum of system of all particles is total mass times
4
O Vcm .
Above relation helps us in applying momentum related
1.3 Kinematics of COM equations in complex problems.
(iii) The kinetic energy is conserved. kinetic energy and continuing to move along the same
(iv) The forces involved during elastic collisions must be straight line after collision.
conservative forces. Suppose two balls A and B of masses m1 and m2 are moving
(b) Inelastic collision : A collision in which there occurs some initially along the same straight line with velocities u1 and
loss of kinetic energy is called an inelastic collision. u2 respectively, figure (a).
It is represented by ‘e’. Therefore, two balls collide, figure (b). Let the collision be
perfectly elastic. After collision, suppose v1 is velocity of
relative velocity of separation (after collision) A and v2 is velocity of B along the same straight line,
e=
relative velocity of approach (before collision) figure (c). When v2 > v1, the bodies separate after collision.
Relative velocity of separation after collision = v2 – v1
v v1 Linear momentum of the two balls before collision
e= 2
u1 u 2 = m1u1 + m2u2
where u1, u2 are velocities of two bodies before collision, Linear momentum of the two balls after collision
and v1, v2 are their respective velocities after collision. = m1v1 + m2v2
For a perfectly elastic collision, relative velocity of As linear momentum is conserved in an elastic collision,
separation after collision is equal to relative velocity of therefore
approach before collision. m1v1 + m2v2 = m1u1 + m2u2 ...(1)
e 1 or m2 (v2 – u2) = m1 (u1 – v1) ...(2)
For a perfectly inelastic collision, rel. vel. of separation Total K.E. of the two balls before collision
after collision = 0 1 1
m1 u12 m 2 u 22 ...(3)
e0 2 2
Total K.E. of the two balls after collision
For all other collisions, e lies between 0 and 1, i.e., 0 < e < 1.
1 1
2.2 Elastic Collision in One Dimension m1 v12 m 2 v 22 ...(4)
2 2
It involves two bodies moving initially along the same As K.E. is also conserved in an elastic collision, therefore
straight line, striking against each other without loss of from,
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 106
1 1 1 1 m m2 2m 2
m1 v12 m 2 v 22 m1 u12 m 2 u 22 u1 1 1
2 2 2 2 u2 1
m1
m 2
m
1 m 2
1 1
or m 2 v 22 u 22 m1 u12 v12 m m 2 m1 m 2 2m 2 m1 m 2
2 2 u1 1 u2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
or m 2 v 22 u 22 m1 u12 v12 ...(5)
2m1 u1 m 2 m1 u 2
Dividing, (5) by (2) we get v2 ...(8)
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
m 2 v 22 u 22 m1 u12 v12
Memory note
m2 v2 u 2 m1 u1 v1
The expression for v2 can be obtained from, the expression
for v1, by replacing m1 by m2 and u1 by u2. The reverse is
v 2
u 2 v 2 u 2 u 1
v1 u1 v1 also true, i.e., can also be obtained from.
or
v 2 u2 u 1 v1
Particular Cases
or v2 + u2 = u1 + v1 1. When masses of two bodies are equal,
i.e., m1 = m2 = m, say
or v 2 v1 u1 u 2 ...(6)
2 mu 2
Hence, in one dimensional elastic collision, relative velocity From (7), v1 u 2 , i.e., velocity of A after collision
2m
of separation after collision is equal to relative velocity of
= velocity of B before collision.
approach before collision.
2 m1 u1
v v1 From (8), v 2 u1 , i.e., velocity of B after collision
From (6), 2 1 2m1
u1 u 2
= velocity of A before collision
v 2 v1 Hence, when two bodies of equal masses undergo of
By definition, e 1 perfectly elastic collision is one dimension, their velocities
u1 u 2
are just interchanged.
Hence, coefficient of restitution/resilience of a perfectly
Before Collision During Collision After Collision
elastic collision in one dimension is unity.
Velocity of A :
From (6), v2 = u1 – u2 + v1 (b) A B A B A B
Putting in, we get m1v1 + m2 (u1 – u2 + v1) = m1u1 + m2 u2
m1v1 + m2u1 – m2u2 + m2v1 = m1u1 + m2u2 (c) A B A B A B
v1 (m1 + m2) = (m1 – m2) u1 + 2 m2 u2
2. When the target body B is initially at rest, i.e., u2 = 0
m m 2 u1 2m 2 u 2
v1 1
...(7) m 1
m 2 u1
m1 m 2 m1 m 2 From (7), v1 ...(9)
m1 m 2
Velocity of B : 2m1u1
From (8), v 2 ...(10)
Put this value of v1 from m1 m 2
Three cases arises further :
m 1
m 2 u1 2m 2 u 2
v 2 u1 u 2 (a) When masses of two bodies are equal, i.e., m1 = m2
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
From, v1 = 0
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 107
along X–axis to initial momentum Pi along the same
Y
v1 axis, we get
m1v1 cos + m2v2 cos = m1u1 + m2u2 ...(16)
A
As initial momentum of the two bodies along Y–axis is
zero, therefore applying the law of conservation of linear
m2
A X momentum along Y–axis, we get
u1 B u2
0 = m1v1 sin – m2v2 sin ...(17)
As initial momentum of the two bodies along Y–axis is
B
zero, therefore applying the law of conservation of linear
v2 momentum along Y–axis, we get
Y' 0 = m1 v1 sin – m2v2 sin
Knowing m1, m2 ; u1, u2 ; and we can calculate v1 and
As the collision is elastic, kinetic energy is conserved. v2 from equation.
Total K.E. after collision = Total K.E. before collision Perfectly inelastic collision in two dimensions
Figure shows perfectly inelastic collision between two
1 1 1 1 bodies of masses m1 and m2. The body of mass m2 is moving
or m1 v12 m 2 v 22 m1 u12 m 2 u 22 ...(12)
2 2 2 2 initially with velocity u2 along X–axis. The body of mass
m1 is moving with velocity u1 at an angle with X–axis as
or m1 v12 m 2 v 22 m1 u12 m 2 u 22 ...(13) shown.
As linear momentum is conserved in elastic collision,
therefore, along X–axis, total linear mometum after collision Y
= total linear momentum before collision.
m1
m1v1 cos + m2v2 cos = m1u1 + m2u2 ...(14) u1
Now, along Y–axis, linear momentum before collision is
m2 u2
zero (as both the bodies are moving along X–axis). And X
O
after collision, total linear momentum along Y–axis is
(m1v1 sin – m2v2 sin )
m1v1sin – m2v2 sin = 0 ...(15) V
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example - 1 Example - 5
In which, elastic or inelastic collision, the momentum is Underline the correct alternative :
conserved ? What about K.E. ? (a) When a conservative force does positive work on a
body, the potential energy of the body increases/
Sol. Momentum is conserved in both the types of collisions, but
decreases/remains unaltered.
K.E. is conserved only in elastic collisions.
(b) Work done by a body against friction always results in
Example - 2 a loss of its kinetic/potential energy.
(c) The rate of change of total momentum of a many-
Can a body have momentum when its energy is negaive ?
particle system is proportional to the external force/
sum of the internal forces on the system.
Sol. Yes, when K < V, total energy E = K + V is negative. The
(d) In an inelastic collision of two bodies. the quantities
body has the momentum K 0 . For example, in an atom, which do not change after the collision are the total
electron has momentum, though its energy is negative. kinetic energy/total linear momentum/total energy of
the system of two bodies.
Example - 3
Sol. (a) The work done by a conservative force is equal to the
The velocity of an aeroplane is doubled. negative of the potential energy. When the work done
(a) What will happen to its momentum ? Will the is positive, the potential energy decreases.
momentum remain conserved ? (b) Friction always opposes motion. A body does work
(b) What will happen to its KE ? Will the energy remain against friction at the expense of its kinetic energy. Work
done by a body against friction results in a loss of its
conserved ?
kinetic energy.
(c) Internal forces in a many-particle system cancel out in
Sol. (a) When the velocity of the aeroplane is doubled, its
pairs and so they cannot change the net momentum of
momentum also gets doubled. However, the combined the system. Only the external forces can produce
momentum of aeroplne and air is conserved. As the change in momentum. The rate of change of mometum
momentum of the aeroplane increases, the momentum of air of a many-particle system is proportional to the external
also increases by an equal amount in the opposite direction. force on the system.
(b) The kinetic energy becomes four times. The additional (d) In an elastic collision, the kinetic energy of the system
energy is obtained by burning of fuel. However, the total decreases after the collision but the total energy of the
system and its total linear momentum do not change
energy is still conserved.
after the inelastic collision.
Example - 4 Example - 6
A rocket explodes in mid air. How does this affect State if each of the following statements is true of false.
(a) its total momentum and Give reasons for your anser.
(a) In an elastic collision of two bodies, the momentum
(b) its total kinetic energy ?
and energy of each body is conserved.
(b) Total energy of a system is always conserved, no matter
Sol. (a) Because no external force acts on the rocket, its total
what internal and external forces on the body are
momentum remains unchanged. present.
(b) When the rocket explodes, its fragments receive additional (c) Work done in the motion of a body over a closed loop
kinetic energy from the explosion. The chemical energy of is zero for every force in nature.
the fuel changes into kinetic energy. As a result of this, the (d) In an inelastic collision, the final kinetic energy is always
total kinetic energy gets increased. less than the initial kinetic energy of the system.
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 110
Sol. (a) False. Total momentum and total energy of the entire Sol. Let R =resistance force offered by the planks,
system are conserved and not of individual bodies. t1 = thickness of first plank,
(b) False. The external forces acting on a body may change t2 = thickness of second plank.
its energy.
For first planks :
(c) False. In case of a non-conservative froce like friction,
loss in KE = work against resistance
the work in the motion of a body over a closed loop is
2
not zero. 1 1 4
mv 2 m v Rt 1
(c) True. In an elastic collision, a part of the initial KE of 2 2 5
the system always changes into some other form of
energy. 1 9
mv 2 Rt 1 ... (i)
2 25
Example- -20
Example 7
For second plank :
Answer carefully, with reasons :
2
(a) In an elastic collision of two billiard balls, is the total 1 4
m v 0 Rt 2
kinetic energy conserved during the short time of 2 5
collision of the balls (i.e., when they are in contact) ?
(b) Is the total linear momentum conserved during the 1 16
mv 2 Rt 2 ... (ii)
short time of an elastic collision of two balls ? 2 25
(c) What are the answers to (a) and (b) for an inelastic Dividing (i) and (ii)
collision ?
(d) If the potential energy of two billiard balls depends t1 9
only on the separation distance between their centres, t 2 16
is the collision elastic or inelastic ? (Note, we are talking
Example - 9
here of potential energy corresponding to the force
during collision, not gravitational potential energy). A bullet of mass 2 gm travelling at a speed of 500 m/s is
fired into a ballistic pendulum of mass 1.0 kg suspended
Sol. (a) During the short time of collision when the balls are in from a cord 1.0 m long. The bullet penetrates the pendulum
contact, the kinetic energy of the ball gets converted and emerges with a velocity of 100 m/s. Through what
into potential energy. In an elastic collision, though the
vertical height will the pendulum rise ?
kinetic energy before collision is equal to the kinetic
energy after the collision but kinetic energy is not
conserved during the short time of collision.
(b) Yes, the total linear momentum is conserved during the
short time of an eleastic collision of two balls.
(c) In an inelastic collision, the total KE is not conserved
during collision as well as even after the collision. But
the total linear momentum of the two balls is conserved.
(d) The collision is elastic because the forces involved are
conservative. Sol. Let m = 2 ×1 0–3 kg ; M = 1.0 kg
u = 500 m/s, v1 = 100 m/s
Example - 8
v2 = speed of the pendulum after impact.
A bullet leaving the muzzle of a rifle barrel with a velocity
mu = mv1 + Mv2
v penetrates a plank and loses one fifth of its velocity. It
then strikes second plank, which it just penetrates (conservation of momentum)
through. Find the ratio of the thickness of the planks
m ( u v1 ) 2
supposing average resistance to the penetration is same v2 (500 100) 0.8 m / s.
M 1000
in both the cases.
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 111
The block swings and its kinetic energy gets converted Example - 11
into potential energy.
An explosion blows a rock into three parts. Two pieces go
1 off at right angles to each other, 1.0 kg piece with a velocity
Mv 22 Mgh
2 of 12 m/s and other 2.0 kg piece with a velocity 8 m/s. If the
v 22 0.8 0.8 8 third piece flies off with a velocity 40 m/s, compute the
h m mass of third piece.
2g 2 9 .8 245
2
(b) I = Icm + MR
2 7
I MR 2 MR 2 I MR 2
5 5 Find the velocity of the particle at the end of 10 s.
Example - 13 Sol. Using impulse = change in linear momentum (or are a under
A disc of mass m and radius R has a concentric hole of F–t graph)
radius r. Its moment of inertia about an axis through its We have m (vf – vi) = Area
centre and perpendicular to its plane is : 1
or 2 (vf – 0) = × 2 × 10 + 2 × 10
2
1 1
(a)
2
m R r
2
(b)
2
m R 2 r2 1 1
+ × 2× (10 + 20) + × 4 × 20
2 2
1 1
(c)
2
m R r
2
(d)
2
m R2 r2 = 10 + 20 + 30 + 40
or 2vf = 100
vf = 50 m/s
M
Sol. Let = mass per unit area =
(R 2 r 2 ) Example - 15
If we fill the hole with mass densities +and –, then the Two blocks A and B of equal mass m = 1.0 kg are lying on
system can be treated as a combination of two discs of a smooth horizontal surface as shown in figure. A spring
radii r and R and densities –and +. of force constant k = 200 N/m is fixed at one end of block
A. Block B collides with block A with velocity v0 = 2.0 m/
1 1 s. Find the maximum compression of the spring.
I = I1 + I2 M1R 12 M 2 R 22
2 2
v0 2.0
1 r2 1 R2 or v 1.0 m / s
r 2 R 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
Using conservation of mechanical energy, we have
4 4
R r
M R4 r4
M 2 2
R r 1 1 1
m B v02 m A m B v 2 kx m2
4 2
4 R r 2
4 2 2 2
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 113
Example - 17 2 2
0.4 0.2
–2 –2 s1 and s 2
A pendulum bob of mass 10 kg is raised to a height 5 × 10 m 2 2 2 2
and then released. At the bottom of its swing. It picks up a
–3 s = s1 + s2 = 0.05 m = 5 cm
mass 10 kg. To what height will the combined mass rise ?
Example - 19
Sol. Velocity of pendulum bob in mean position
Three identical balls, ball I, ball II and ball III are placed on
v1 2 gh a smooth floor on a straight line at the separation of 10 m
between balls as shown in figure. Initially balls are
stationary.
2 10 5 10 2 1m / s
–3
Ball I is given velocity of 10 m/s towards ball II, collision
When the bob picks up a mass 10 kg at the bottom, then between ball I and II is inelastic with coefficient of
by conservation of linear momentum the velocity of restitution 0.5 but collision between ball II and III is
coalesced mass is given by perfectly elastic. What is the time interval between two
m1v1 + m2v2 = (m1 + m2) v consecutive collisions between ball I and II ?
–2 –3 –2 –3
10 + 10 × 0 = (10 + 10 ) v
2
10 10
or v 2
m/s
1.110 11
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 114
Sol. Let velocity of I ball and ball II ball after collision be v1 and Example - 21
v2 .
In the shown figure the wedge of mass M has a semicircular
v2 – v1 = 0.5 × 10 ...(i) groove of radius R. A particle of mass m is released from A.
mv2 + mv1 = m × 10 ... (ii) Mass of wedge is twice to that of small mass. It slides on the
v2 + v1 = 10 smooth circular track and starts climbing on the right face.
Solving equation (i) and (ii)
v1 = 2.5 m/s, v2 = 7.5 m/s
Ball II after moving 10 m collides with ball III elastically and
stops. But ball I moves towards ball II. Time taken between
two consecutive collisions
(a) Find the maximum value of which it can subtend with
2.5
10 10 vertical and also find the distance moved by wedge at this
10 7.5 4s
position.
7.5 2.5
(b) Find the velocity of wedge when = 60°.
Example - 20
A plank of mass 5 kg is placed on a frictionless horizontal Sol. (a) For maximum value of
plane. Further a block of mass 1 kg is placed over the (M + m) v = 0 v = 0
plank. A massless spring of natural length 2 m is fixed to So possible value of = 90°
the plank by its one end. The other end of spring is
compressed by the block by half of spring’s natural length. Mx m 2R x
The system is now released from the rest. What is the rCM 0
Mm
velocity of the plank when block leaves the plank ? (The
stiffness constant of spring is 100 N/m) 2mR 2
x R
Mm 3
2
So wedge is displaced R leftwards.
3
Sol. Let the velocity of the block and the plank, when the block (b) Conserving momentum in horizontal direction
leaves the spring be u and v respectively. 0 = – MV + m (v cos 60° – V)
1 2 1 1
By conservation of energy kx mu 2 Mv2 v
MV m v V
mv
v
2 2 2 2 M m 6
2
[M = mass of the plank, m = mass of the block]
2 2
100 = u + 5v ...(i)
By conservation of momentum
mu + Mv = 0
u = – 5v ...(ii)
Conserving energy :
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii)
Decrease in potential energy of m
2 10 = increase in kinetic energy of M and m
30 v = 100 v m/s
3
1 1
From this moment until block falls, both plank and block mgR cos 60° = mv 2 MV 2
2 2
keep their velocity constant.
gR
10 Substituting M = 2m and v = 6V we get, V
Thus when block falls, velocity of plank m/s . 38
3
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 115
Discreet Practices 6. Three rods of the same mass are placed as shown in the
1. The position of centre of mass of a system consisting of figure. What will be the co-ordinate of centre of mass of the
two particles of masses m1 and m2 separated by a distance L system ?
apart, from m1 will be :
m1L m2 L
(a) m m (b) m m
1 2 1 2
m2 L L
(c) m (d)
1 2
2. A system consists of mass M and m (<< M). The centre of
mass of the system is : a a a a
(a) , (b) ,
(a) at the middle (b) nearer to M 2 2 2 2
(c) nearer to m (d) at the position of larger mass
2a 2a a a
3. Four identical sphere each of radius 10 cm and mass 1 kg are (c) , (d) ,
3 3 3 3
placed on a horizontal surface touching one another so that
their centres are located at the corners of square of side 20 7. Four particles of mass m1 = 2m, m2 = 4m, m3 = m and m4 are
cm. What is the distance of their centre of mass from centre placed at four corners of a square. What should be the
of either sphere ? value of m4 so that the cente of mass of all the four particles
(a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm are exactly at the centre of the square ?
(c) 20 cm (d) none of these m4 m3
4. Four bodies of masses 2, 3, 5 and 8 kg are placed at the four
corners of a square of side 2 m. The position of CM will be:
8 13 7 11
(a) , (b) ,
9 9 9 9
m1 m2
11 13 11 8
(c) , (d) ,
9 9 9 9 (a) 2 m (b) 8 m
5. Masses of 2 kg each are placed at the corners B and A of a (c) 6 m (d) none of these
rectangular plate ABCD as shown in the figure. A mass of 8
8. All the particles of a body are situated at a distance R from
kg to be placed on the plate so that the centre of mass of the
system should be at the centre O. Then the mass should be the origin. The distance of centre of mass of the body from
placed at : the origin is :
(c) 2 m from O on OG (d) 2 m from O on OH (c) R/5 from the centre (d) R/6 from the centre
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 116
10. A uniform square plate ABCD has mass of 10 kg. If two 13. A uniform circular disc of radius a is taken. A circular portion
points masses of 5 kg each are placed at the corners C and of radius b has been removed from its as shown in the figure.
D as shown in the adjoining figure, then the centre of mass If the centre of hole is at a distance c from the centre of the
shifts to the mid-point of :
disc, the distance x2 of the centre of mass of the remaining
part from the initial centre of mass O is given by :
(a) OH (b) DH
(c) OG (d) OF
b 2 cb 2
11. A square plate of side 20 cm has uniform thickness and
(a) a 2 c2 (b) a 2 b 2
density. A circular part of diameter 8 cm is cut out
symmetrically as shown in figure. The position of centre of
mass of the remaining portion is :
c2 ca 2
(c) a 2 b 2 (d) c 2 b 2
Velocity, Momentum and Acceleration of Centre of mass
O O1
14. Two blocks of mass 10 kg and 4 kg are connected by a
spring of negligible mass and placed on a frictionless
horizontal surface. An impulse gives a velocity of 14 m/s to
(a) at O1 the heavier block in the direction of the lighter block. The
(b) at O velocity of the centre of mass is :
(c) 0.54 cm from O on the left hand side (a) 30 m/s (b) 20 m/s
(d) none of the above (c) 10 m/s (d) 5 m/s
12. A uniform metal rod of length 1 m is bent at 90° so as to form 15. Two balls are thrown simultaneously in air. The acceleration
two arms of equal length. The centre of mass of this bent of the centre of mass of the two balls while in air :
rod is :
(a) depends on the direction of the motion of the balls
1 (b) depends on the masses of the two balls
(a) on the bisector of the angle, m from vertex
2
(c) depends on the speeds of the two balls
1 (d) is equal to g
(b) on the bisector of the angle, m from vertex
2 2 16. Consider a system of two identical particles. One of the
particles is at rest and the other has an acceleration a . The
1 centre of mass has an acceleration.
(c) on the bisector of the angle, m from vertex
2
1
(a) zero (b) a
2
1
(d) on the bisector of the angle, m from vertex
4 2 (c) a (d) 2 a
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 117
17. Two particles of equal mass have co-ordinates (2m, 4m, 6m) 23. Two particles A and B start moving due to their mutual
and (6m, 2m, 8m). Of these one particle has a velocity
interaction only. If at any time ‘t’ a A and a B are their
v1 2 ˆi m/s and another particle has velocity v2 2 ˆj m/s respective accelerations, v A and v B are their respective
at time t = 0. The coordinate of their centre of mass at time velocities, and upto that time WA and WB are the work done
t = 1s will be : on A and B, respectively by the mutual force, mA and mB are
their masses, respectively, then which of the following is
(a) (4m, 4m, 7m) (b) (5m, 4m, 7m) always correct.
(c) (2m, 4m, 6m) (d) (4m, 5m, 4m)
(a) vA vB 0 (b) m A v A m B vB 0
18. Two particles are shown in the figure. At t = 0 a constant
force F = 6 N starts acting on the 3 kg man. Find the velocity
(c) WA WB 0 (d) a A a B 0
of the centre of mass of these particles at t = 5 s.
Momentum and Energy based problems
24. Two bodies A and B having masses in the ratio 3 : 1 possess
the same kinetic energy. The ratio of linear momentum of A
to B is :
(a) 5 m/s (b) 4 m/s
(c) 6 m/s (d) 3 m/s (a) 1 : 3 (b) 3 : 1
30. A bullet weighing 50 gm leaves the gun with a velocity of 30 36. Consider the following two statements :
m/s. If the recoil speed imparted to the gun is 1 m/s, the (A) Linear momentum of the system remains constant
mass of the gun is : (B) Centre of mass of the system remains at rest
(a) 15 kg (b) 30 kg (a) A implies B and B implies A
(c) 1.5 kg (d) 20 kg (b) A does not imply B and B does not imply A
31. A spacecraft of mass M moves with velocity V in free space (c) A implies B but B does not imply A
at first, then it explodes, breaking into two pieces. If after (d) B implies A but A does not imply B
explosion a piece of mass m comes to rest, the other piece of
37. Condsider the following two statements :
spacecraft will have a velocity :
(A) Linear momentum of a system of particles is zero
MV MV (B) Kinetic energy of a system of particles is zero
(a) (b)
Mm Mm
(a) A implies B and B implies A
(b) A does not imply B and B does not imply A
mV mV
(c) (d) (c) A implies B but B does not imply A
Mm Mm
(d) B implies A but A does not imply B
32. A body of mass 1 kg initially at rest, explodes and breaks
38. A machine gun fires a steady stream of bullets at the rate of
into three fragments of masses in the ratio 1 : 1 : 3. The two
n per minute into a stationary target in which the bullets get
pieces of equal mass fly off perpendicular to each other, embedded. If each bullet has a mass m and arrives at the
with a speed of 15 m/s each. The speed of the heavier target with a velocity v, the average force on the target is :
fragment is :
60 v
(a) 60 mnv (b)
(a) 5 2 ms 1
(b) 45 ms
–1
mn
(c) 5 ms
–1
(d) 15 ms
–1 mnv mv
(c) (d) 60 n
–1
60
33. A bullet of mass 5 g is fired at a velocity 900 ms from a rifle
of mass 2.5 kg. What is recoil velocity of the rifle ? 39. A particle of mass 15 kg an initial velocity vi ˆi 2 ˆj m/s. It
(a) 0.9 ms
–1
(b) 180 ms
–1 collides with another body and the impact time is 0.1 s,
–1 –1 resulting in a velocity vf 6iˆ 4 ˆj 5 kˆ m/s after impact.
(c) 900 ms (d) 1.8 ms
The average force of impact on the particle is :
34. A mass m with velocity u strikes a wall normally and returns
with the same speed. What is magnitude of the change in (a) 15 5iˆ 6 ˆj 5 kˆ (b) 15 5iˆ 6 ˆj 5 kˆ
momentum of the body when it returns :
(c) 150 5iˆ 6 ˆj 5 kˆ (d) 150 5iˆ 6 ˆj 5 kˆ
(a) 4 mu (b) mu
(c) 2 mu (d) zero 40. A man of mass M stands at one end of a plank of length L
which lies at rest on a frictionless surface. The man walk to
35. One projectile moving with velocity v in space, gets burst
M
into 2 parts of masses in the ratio 1 : 3. The smaller part the other end of the plank. If the mass of the plank is ,
3
becomes stationary. What is the velocity of the other part ?
the distance that the man moves relative to the ground is :
(a) 4 v (b) v
3L L
(a) (b)
4 4
4v 3v
(c) (d)
3 4 4L L
(c) (d)
5 3
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 119
41. A particle is projected from a point at an angle with the 44. A shel is fired from cannon with a velocity v at an angle
horizontal. At any instant t, if p is the linear momentum and with the horizontal direction. At the highest point in its path
E the kinetic energy, then which of the following graphs it explodes into two pieces of equal mass. One of the pieces
is/are correct ? retrace its path then find the velocity of other piece
immediately after the explosion is :
(a) 3 v cos (b) 2 v cos
3 3
(a) (b) (c) v cos (d) v cos
2 2
45. A ball hits the floor and rebounds after an inelastic collision.
in this case :
(a) the momentum of the ball just after the collision is the
same as that just before the collision
(c) (d) (b) the mechanical energy of the ball remains the same in
the collision
(c) the total momentum of the ball and the earth is conserved
42. In a gravity free space, a man of mass M standing at a (d) the total energy of the ball and the earth is conserved
height h above the floor, throws a ball of mass m straight –1
46. A projectile is moving at 20 ms at its highest point where it
down with a speed u. When the ball reaches the floor, the
breaks into equal parts due to an internal explosion. One
distance of the man above the floor will be : –1
part moves vertically up at 30 ms with respect to the ground.
Then the other part will move at
m M
(a) h 1 (b) 1 h
M m (a) 20 m/s (b) 10 13 m / s
2 ˆi 3 ˆj kˆ m/s is :
(a) 0 25 68. 10,000 small balls, each weighing 1 g, strike one square cm
of area per second with a velocity 100 m/s in a normal
(b) 5 20 direction and rebound with the same velocity. The value of
(c) 10 15 pressure on the surface will be :
3 2 5 2
(a) 2 × 10 N/m (b) 2 × 10 N/m
(d) 20 5
7 2 7 2
(c) 10 N/m (d) 2 × 10 N/m
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 122
12. A gun fires N bullets per second, each of mass m with 17. Two masses of M and 4M are moving with equal kinetic
velocity v. The force exerted by the bullets on the gun is energy. The ratio of their linear momenta is (2009)
(a) 1 : 8 (b) 1 : 4
mv
(a) vNm (b) (2008) (c) 1 : 2 (d) 4 : 1
N
18. A 5000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. The exhaust speed
mv2 is 800 ms–1. To give an initial upward acceleration of 20 ms–2,
(c) mvN2 (d)
N the amount of gas ejected per second to supply the needed
thrust will be (g = 10 ms–2) (2009)
13. The rate of mass of the gas emitted from rear of a rocket is
initially 0.1 kgs–1. If the the speed of the gas relative to the (a) 127.5 kgs–1 (b) 187.5 kgs–1
rocket is 50 ms–1 and mass of the rocket is 2 kg, then the (c) 185.5 kgs–1 (d) 137.5 kgs–1
acceleration of the rocket (in ms–2) is (2008) 19. A stationary body of mass 3 kg explodes into three equal
(a) 5 (b) 5.2 pieces. Two of the pieces fly off in two mutually
(c) 2.5 (d) 25 perpendicular directions, one with a velocity of 3iˆ ms 1
14. A gun fires bullets each of mass 1 g with velocity of 10 ms–1
and other with a velocity of 4 ˆjms 1 . If the explosion
by exerting a constant force of 5 g weight. Then the number
of bullets fired per second is occurs in 10–4 s, the average force acting on the third piece
in newton is (2009)
Take g = 10 ms–2) (2008)
(a) 50 (b) 5
(a) 3iˆ 4jˆ 10
4
(b) 3iˆ 4ˆj 10
4
(c) 10 (d) 25
15. A thin rod of length L is lying along the x–axis with its ends
(c) 3iˆ 4jˆ 10
4
(d) 3iˆ 4jˆ 10
4
(a) (b) 2
x (m)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
(c) (d) t (s)
23. A cricket ball of mass 0.25 kg with speed 10 m/s collides 29. In a collinear collision, a particle with an initial speed v0
with a bat and returns with same speed with in 0.01s. The strikes a stationary particle of the same mass. If the final
force acted on bat is (2011) kinetic energy 50% greater than the original kinetic energy,
(a) 25 N (b) 50 N the magnitude of the relative velocity between the two
particles, after collision, is : (2018)
(c) 250 N (d) 500 N
–1
24. Ablock of mass 0.50 kg is moving with a speed of 2.00 ms v0 v0
on a smooth surface. It strikes another mass of 1.00 kg and (a) (b)
2 2
then they move together as a single body. The energy loss
during the collision is (2012) v0
(c) (d) 2v0
(a) 0.16 J (b) 1.00 J 4
(c) 0.67 J (d) 0.34 J 30. Three masses m, 2m and 3m are moving in x-y plane with
25. Distance of the centre of mass of a solid uniform cone speed 3u, 2u, and u respectively as shown in figure. The
three masses collide at the same point at P and stick
from its vertex is z0. If the radius of its base is R and its
height is h then z0 is equal to : (2015) together. The velocity of resulting mass will be:
(2014 Online Set-2)
5h 3h 2
(a) (b)
8 8R
h2 3h
(c) (d)
4R 4
26. A particle of mass m moving in the x direction with speed
2v is hit by another particle of mass 2m moving in the y
u ˆ u ˆ
direction with speed v. If the collision is perfectly inelastic,
the percentage loss in the energy during the collision is
(a)
12
i 3jˆ (b)
12
i 3jˆ
close to : (2015) u ˆ u ˆ
(a) 56% (b) 62%
(c)
12
i 3jˆ (d)
12
i 3jˆ
(c) 44% (d) 50% 31. A thin bar of length L has a mass per unit length , that
increases linearly with distance from one end. If its total
27. It is found that if a neutron suffers an elastic collinear mass is M and its mass per unit length at the lighter end is
collision with deuterium at rest, fractional loss of its energy 0, then the distance of the centre of mass from the lighter
is pd, while for its similar collision with carbon nucleus at end is: (2014 Online Set-3)
rest, fractional loss of energy is pc.The values of pd and pc
L 0 L2 L 0 L2
are respectively : (2018) (a) (b)
3 4M 3 8M
(a) (0, 0) (b) (0, 1)
(c) (.89, .28) (d) (.28, .89) 2L 0 L2 L 0 L2
(c) (d)
3 6M 2 4M
28. The mass of a hydrogen molecule is 3.32 1027 kg. If 1023 32. A uniform thin rod AB of length L has linear mass density
hydrogen molecules strike, per second, a fixed wall of area bx
2cm2 at an angle of 45 0 to the normal, and rebound (x) = a + , where x is measured from A. If the CM of
L
elastically with a speed of 103m/s, then the pressure on
the wall is nearly : (2018) 7
the rod lies at a distance of L from A, then a and b
12
(a) 2.35 102 N / m2 (b) 4.70 102 N / m2 are related as : (2015 Online)
(a) a = 2b (b) 2a = b
(c) 2.35 103 N / m2 (d) 4.70 103 N / m 2 (c) a = b (d) 3a = 2b
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 125
33. A large number (n) of identical beads, each of mass m and 35. Two particles A and B of equal mass M are moving with
radius r are strung on a thin smooth rigid horizontal rod of the same speed v as shown in the figure. They collide
length L (L >>r) and are at rest at random positions. The completely in elastically and move as a single particle C.
rod is mounted between two rigid supports (see figure). If
The angle that the path of C makes with the X-axis is
one of the beads is now given a speed v, the average force
experienced by each support after a long time is (assume given by : (2017 Online Set-2)
all collisions are elastic) :
(2015 Online)
3 2 3 2
mv 2 mv2 (a) tan (b) tan
(a) 2 L nr (b) 1 2 1 2
L 2nr
mv 2 1 2 1 3
(c) (d) zero (c) tan (d) tan
L nr 2 (1 3) (1 2)
34. In the figure shown ABC is a uniform wire. If centre of 36. A proton of mass m collides elastically with a particle of
unknown mass at rest. After the collision, the proton and
BC
mass of wire lies vertically below point A, then is the unknown particle are seen moving at an angle of 900
AB with respect to each other. The mass of unknown particle
close to : (2016 Online Set-2) is : (2018 Online Set-2)
m
(a) (b) m
2
m
(c) (d) 2m
3
(a) 1.85 (b) 1.37
(c) 1.5 (d) 3
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 126
1 4
(c) tan (d) 30°
5
1 2
(a) , (b) ,
Continuous Body 2 3 2 3
3. A carpenter has constructed a toy as shown in the adjoining
figure. If the density of the material of the sphere is 12 times 1 2
(c) , (d) ,
that of cone, the position of the centre of mass of the toy is 3 3
given by :
6. An object comprises of a uniform ring of radius R and its
uniform chord AB (not necessarily made of the same material)
O2 2R as shown. Which of the following can not be the centre of
the mass of the object ?
O1 4R
2R
R R R R
(a) , (b) ,
(a) at a distance of 2R from O 3 3 2 2
(b) at a distance of 3R from O
(c) at a distance of 4R from O R R
(c) , (d) None of these
4 4
(d) at a distance of 5R from O
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 127
7. A circular plate of diameter d is kept in contact with a square Velocity, Momentum and Acceleration of Centre of Mass
plate of edge d as shown in figure. The density of the material
10. Block A and B are resting on a smooth horizontal surface
and the thickness are same everywhere. The centre of mass
given equal speeds of 2 m/s in opposite sense as shown in
of the compositive system will be
the figure. At t = 0, the position of block are shown, then the
coordinates of centre of mass at t = 3 s will be :
a a
(a) (1, 0) (b) (3, 0)
md MD
(b) from the block
Mm
2md MD
(c) from the bullet
Mm
(a) 5 cm (b) 9 cm D d M
(d) from the bullet
(c) 4.5 cm (d) 5.5 cm Mm
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 128
14. Two bodies having masses m1 and m2 and velocity u1 and u 2
collide and form a composite system. If m1 u1 m 2 u 2 0
m1 m 2 m1g
(a) m m g (b) m m
1 2 1 2
2 m1m 2
m1 m 2 m2g (a) v0 m m
(c) g (d) m m 1 2
m1 m 2 1 2
3 m1 m2
(a) m m (b) m m
18. In the arrangement as shown, mass of block A is m. What 1 2 1 2
m R
22. A man of mass m stands on a plane plank of mass , 26. A ball of mass m and radius is placed as shown, on a
2 10
lying on a smooth horizontal floor. Initially both are at rest. block B of mass 9 m which is placed on a smooth surface.
Then the man starts walking on the plank towards the east When the ball comes down to the lowest position, the block
and stops after a distance l on the plank. Then : B will move to the left by a distance of :
(a) the plank will side to the west by a distance l/3
(b) the planks will continue to move towards the west over
the smooth floor.
2
(c) the plank will slide to the west by l and then stop (a) 0.25 R (b) 0.14 R
3
(d) none of the above (c) 0.15 R (d) 0.20 R
23. A boy of mass m is standing on a block of mass M kept on 27. A car of mass m is initially at rest on the boat of mass M tied
to the wall of dock through a massless, inextensible string
a rough surface. When the boy walks from left to right on
as shown in figure. The car accelerates from rest to velocity
the block, the centre of mass (boy + block) of system :
v0 in time t0. At t = t0 the car applies brake and comes to rest
(a) remains stationary relative to the boat in negligible time. Neglect friction
(b) shift towards left between the boat and water; the time ‘t’ at which boat will
strike the wall is :
(c) shifts towards right
(d) shifts towards right if M > m and towards left if M < m
24. Block A and B shown in the figure are having equal masses
m. The system is released from rest with the spring
unstretched. The string between A and ground is cut when
there is maximum extension in the spring. The acceleration
L (M m)
of centre of mass of the two blocks at this instant is : (a) t0 + L/v0 (b) t 0 mv0
LM
(c) mv (d) None of the above
0
M m
(a) (b)
tm t mM (a) 2gR (b) gR
M gR
(c) (d) none of these (c) (d) 2 gR
t Mm 2
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 130
4E 0
(a) 6 E0 (b)
3
2R 4R
(a) (b)
36. An object of mass 3 m splits into three equal fragments. is 50 cm. The two masses stick together. The maximum height
2
Two fragments have velocities v ˆj and v ˆi. The velocity of reaches by the system now is : (g = 10 m/s )
the third fragment is :
(a) v ˆj ˆi
(b) v ˆi ˆj
(c) v ˆi ˆj (d)
v ˆi ˆj
2
(a) 7.5 cm (b) 5 cm
37. A mass of 100 g strikes the wall with speed 5 m/s at an angle
as shown in figure and it rebounds with the same speed. If (c) 2.5 cm (d) 1.25 cm
–3
the contact time is 2 × 10 s, what is the force applied on the 42. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg and travelling at a speed of 500 m/s
mass by the wall ? strikes a block of mass 2 kg, which is suspended by a string
of length 5 m. The centre of gravity of the block is found to
rise a vertical distance of 0.1 m. What is the speed of the
bullet after it emerges from the block :
(a) 780 m/s (b) 220 m/s
(c) 1.4 m/s (d) 7.8 m/s
43. A cannon ball is fired with a velocity 200 m/s at an angle of
(a) 250 3 N to right (b) 250 N to right
60° with the horizontal. At the highest point of its flight, it
(c) 250 3 N to left (d) 250 N to left explodes into 3 equal fragments, one going vertically
upwards with a velocity 100 m/s, the second one fallings
38. A projectile is moving at 60 m/s at its highest point, where it vertically downwards with a velocity 100 m/s. The third
breaks into two equal parts due to an internal explosion. fragement will be moving with a velocity.
One part moves vertically up at 50 m/s with respect to the
(a) 100 m/s in the horizontal direction
ground. The other part will move at :
(b) 300 m/s in the horizontal direction
(a) 110 m/s (b) 120 m/s
(c) 300 m/s in a direction making an angle of 60° with the horizontal
(c) 130 m/s (d) 10 61 m / s (d) 200 m/s in a direction making an angle of 60° with the horizontal
39. A man weighing 80 kg is standing on a trolley weighing 320 44. An isolated particle of mass m is moving in a horizontal
kg. The trolley is resting on frictionless horizontal rails. If plane (x, y) along the x–axis at a certain height above the
the man starts walking on the trolley along the rails at a ground. It suddenly explodes into two fragments of masses
speed of 1 m/s relative to trolley, then after 4 s, his m 3m . An instant later, the smaller fragment is at
displacement relative to the ground will be : and
4 4
(a) 4.2 m (b) 4.8 m y = + 15 cm. The larger fragment at this instant is at :
(c) 3.2 m (d) 3.0 m (a) y = – 5 cm (b) y = + 20 cm
40. A body of mass 5 kg explodes at rest into three fragments (c) y = + 5 cm (d) y = – 20 cm
with masses in the ratio 1 : 1 : 3. The fragments with equal
45. A gun is attached to a trolley that can move freely on a
masses fly in mutually perpendicular directions with speeds
smooth level road. The total mass of the gun and the trolley
of 21 m/s. The velocity of the heaviest fragment will be :
is 10 kg. A bullet of mass 0.005 kg is shot horizontally to the
(a) 11.5 m/s (b) 14.0 m/s right and is observed to have travelled a distance of 50 m in
(c) 7.0 m/s (d) 9.87 m/s 0.2 s. In this interval of time, the trolley has moved a distance:
41. A mass of 10 g moving horizontally with a velocity of 100 (a) 2.5 cm (b) 6.0 cm
cm/s strikes a pendulum bob of mass 10 g. Length of string (c) 4 m (d) 4 cm
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 132
46. A bob of mass m is suspended by a string of length l from a 50. A bullet hits a block kept at rest on a smooth horizontal
train of mass M free to move on a smooth horizontal surface. surface and gets embedded into it. Which of the following
does not change ?
The bob is given a horizontal velocity v0. The maximum
height attained by the bob is : (a) linear momentum of the block
(b) kinetic energy of the block
(c) gravitational potential energy of the block
(d) temperature of the block
51. A body at rest breaks into two pieces of equal masses. The
parts will move
(a) in same direction
2 2
v Mm v m
(a)
0
(b)
0
(b) along different lines
2g M 2g M m
(c) in opposite directions with equal speeds
(c) momentum
M m mv 1 e 1 e
M (a) (b)
1 e 1 e
m2v2 e 1 e 1
(d) kinetic energy
2 M m (c) (d)
e 1 e 1
–1
58. A 50 g bullet moving with a velocity of 10 ms gets embeded 62. A mass m moves with a velocity v and collides inelastically
into a 950g stationary body. The loss in KE of the system with another identical mass. After collision the Ist mass
will be
v
(a) 95% (b) 100% moves with velocity in a direction perpendicular to the
3
(c) 5% (d) 50% initial direction of motion. Find the speed of the 2nd mass
59. Three particles A, B and C of equal masses move with equal after collision :
speeds v along the medians of an equalateral triangle. They
collide at the centroid O of the triangle. After collision A
comes to rest while B retraces its path with speed v. The
velocity of C is then
2 v
(a) v (b)
3 3
(c) v (d) 3v
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 134
63. A particle A of mass m initially at rest slides down a height 67. A girl throws a ball with initial velocity v at an inclination of
of 1.25 m on a frictionless ramp, collides with and sticks to 45°. The ball strikes the smooth vertical wall at a horizontal
an identical particle B of mass m at rest as shown in the distance d from the girl and after rebouncing return to her
figure. Then particles A and B together collide elastically hand. What is the coefficient of restitution between wall
with particle C of mass 2 m at rest. The speed of particle A and the ball ?
2
after the collision with particle B would be : (g = 10 m/s ) 2
gd
(a) v – gd (b) 2
v gd
gd v2
(c) 2 (d)
v gd
T
interaction increases from zero to F0 linearly in time and (a) the kinetic energy of the (A + B) system at maximum
2
compression of the spring is zero
T (b) the kinetic energy of the (A + B) system at maximum
decreases linearly to zero in further time . The magnitude
2 1
compression of the spring is mv2 and that of C is zero
of F0 is : 4
1 2
mu 2 mu (c) the total kinetic energy of (A + B + C) system is mv
(a) (b) 2
T T
at maximum compression.
mu 1
(c) (d) none of these (d)
2
PEspring = kinetic energy of (A + B) system at
2T
maximum compression
65. Two identical sphere A and B lie inside a smooth horizontal
69. A ball thrown with velocity 30 m/s and making an anlge 370°
circular tube at the opposite ends of diameter. At t = 0, A is
with horizontal. The ball strikes a vertical wall at a distance
projected along the tube and at the time t = 4 s, collides with
of 12 m from the point of projection and coefficient of
B. If the coefficient of restitution is 0.2, the second collision
restitution between wall and the ball is equal to 0.5. What is
will occur after a minimum time of :
the velocity of the ball just after impact on the wall ?
(a) 40 s (b) 20 s
(a) 17.7 m/s (b) 15.6 m/s
(c) 20 s (d) 40 s
(c) 20.4 m/s (d) 19.4 m/s
66. After a totally inelastic collision, two objects of the same
70. The quantities remaining constant in a collision are
mass and initial speed are found to move together at half
their initial speed. The angle between the initial velocities of (a) momentum, kinetic energy and temperature
the objects is : (b) momentum and kinetic energy but not temperature
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) momentum and temperature but not kinetic energy
(c) 120° (d) 45° (d) momentum, but neither kinetic energy nor temperature
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 135
71. The sphere A starts moving from one end with velocity V on 75. The balls of mass m0 and m are on a smooth horizontal
the stationary wedge B of mass M, as shown, Find the surface connected with a string. A bullet of mass m0 moving
coefficient of restitution, if A falls off after rising upto top of with a speed V0 collides with ball of mass m0. Find the speed
of ball of mass m, if coefficient of restitution is e :
the wedge B with zero velocity (w.r.t. wedge):
m0V0 e m0V0 1 e
(a) m +m (b)
0 2 m0 +m
1 2
(a) (b)
9 3
8
(c) (d) no loss
9
88. Two pendulums each of length l are initially situated as 91. Ball A strikes with velocity u elastically with identical ball B
shown. The first pendulum is released and strikes the at rest, inclined at an angle of 60° with line joining the centres
second. Assume that the collision is completely inelastic of two balls. What will be the speed of ball B after collision:
and neglect the mass of the string and any frictional effects.
How high does the centre of mass rise after the collision? u 3
(a) u (b)
2
u u
(c) (d)
2 2
92. A smooth sphere is moving on a horizontal surface with
velocity vector 2iˆ 2ˆj immediately before it hits a vertical
2
m1 m1
wall. The wall is parallel to ĵ vector and the coefficient of
(a) d (b) d m m
m1 m 2 1 2
restitution between the sphere and the wall is e = 1/2. The
velocity vector of the sphere after it hits the wall is :
2 2
d m1 m 2 m2
(c) (d) d (a) ˆi ˆj (b) ˆi 2ˆj
m2 m1 m 2
89. Figure shows two blocks of masses 2 kg and 4 kg resting on (c) ˆi ˆj (d) 2iˆ ˆj
a horizontal surface and a spring of spring constant k = 100
93. Particles P and Q of masses 20 g and 40 g respectively are
N/m attached to a fixed wall. All the three lie along the same
projected from positions A and B on the ground. The initial
line. The space between the two blocks is smooth, while the
velocities of P and Q make angles of 45° and 135°, repectively
space between the 4 kg block and wall is rough ( = 0.5). If
with the horizontal as shown. Each particle has an initial
the 2 kg block is given a velocity of 10 m/s, then the maximum
speed of 49 m/s. The separation AB is 245 m. Both particles
compressin of the spring is (collision between the two blocks
travel in the same vertical plane and undergo a collision.
is perfectly inelastic)
After the collision P retraces its path. The position of Q
when it hits the ground is
1 2
(c) kinetic energy is mv throughout
2
(d) loss in kinetic energy in collision process is
1 2 M
mv
2 Mm
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 139
elastically with the box with velocity V while moving on the Passage - 4
same floor. Using the following passage, solve Q. 114 and 115
A smooth ball is dropped from height h on a smooth incline
as shown. After collision the velocity of the ball is directed
horizontally.
v2 v2 1
(c) (d) (c) When velocities of the particles (R) m1 +m2 V02
2g g 2
are same (say V0), then kinetic
113. If the collision is elastic, the height to which the bob will rise
will be energy of the system will be
1
v2 v2 (d) When velocities of the particles (S) m1 +m2 V 2
(a) (b) 2
8g 2g
are not same (velocity of one
(c) C (d) D
dp
Statement–2 : Fext
dt
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 142
Fill in the Blanks 6. Two particles of masses m1 and m2, in projectile motions,
have velocities v1 < v2 respectively at time t = 0. They collide
1. A particle of mass 4 m which is at rest explodes into three
fragments. Two of the fragments each of mass m are found at time t0. Their velocities become v '1 and v '2 at time 2t0
to move with a speed v each in mutually perpendicular while moving in air. The value of
directions. The total energy released in the process of
explosion is............. (1987)
m1 v '1 m 2 v '2 – m1 v1 m 2 v 2 is (2001)
2. The magnitude of the force (in newton) acting on a body
varies with time t (in micro second) as shown in the figure (a) zero (b) (m1 + m2) gt0
AB, BC and CD are straight line segements. The magnitude
of the total impulse of the force on the body from t = 4 s to 1
(c) 2(m1 + m2) gt0 (d) (m + m2) gt0
t = 16 s is ...... Ns. (1994) 2 1
9. Two small particles of equal masses start moving in opposite (c) At a later time the external force F balances the resistive
directions from a point A in a horizontal circular orbit. Their force
tangential velocities are v and 2 v respectively, as shown in
(d) The resistive force experienced by the plate is
the figure. Between collisions, the particles move with
proportional to
constant speeds. After making how many elastic collisions,
other than that at A, these two particles will again reach the 12. A point mass of 1 kg collides elastically with a stationary
point A ? (2009) point mass of 5 kg. After their collision, the 1 kg mass
reverses its direction and moves with a speed of 2 ms–1.
v A
2v Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct for
the system of these two masses ? (2010)
(a) Total momentum of the system is 3 kg ms–1.
(b) Momentum of 5 kg mass after collision is 4 kg ms–1.
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) Kinetic energy of the centre of mass is 0.75 J.
(c) 2 (d) 1 (d) Total kinetic energy of the system is 4 J.
10. A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A 13. A ball hits the floor and rebounds after an inelastic collision.
bullet of mass 0.01 kg, travelling with a velocity v m/s in a In this case (1986)
horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the (a) the momentum of the ball just after the collision is the
collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball same as that just before the collision.
hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a (b) The mechanical energy of the ball remains the same in
distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity the collision.
v of the bullet is (2011)
(c) the total momentum of the ball and the earth is conversed.
V m/s
(d) the total energy of the ball and the earth is conserved.
14. A uniform bar of length 6a and mass 8m lies on a smooth
horizontal table. Two point masses m and 2m moving in the
same horizontal with speed 2v and v respectively, strike the
bar [as shown in the figure.] and stick to the bar after
collision. Denoting angular velocity (about the centre of
0 20 100 mass), total energy and centre of mass velocity by , E and
vc respectively, we have after collision. (1991)
(a) 250 m/s (b) 250 2 m / s
15. Two blocks A and B, each of mass m, are connected by a 18. If the resultant of all the external forces acting on a system
massless spring of natural length L and spring constant K. of particles is zero, then from an inertial frame, one can surely
The blocks are initially resting on a smooth horizontal floor say that (2009)
with the spring at its natural length, as shown in figure. A (a) linear momentum of the systmem does not change in time
third identical block C, also of mass m, moves on the floor (b) kinetic energy of the system does not change in time
with a speed v along the line joining A and B, and collides
(c) angular momentum of the system does not change in time
elastically with A. Then. (1993)
(d) potential energy of the system does not change in time
PASSAGE
A small block of mass M moves on a firctionless surface of
an inclined plane, as shown in figure. The angle of the incline
suddenly changes from 60° to 30° at point B. The block is
initially at rest at A. Assume that collisions between the
(a) the kinetic energy of the A–B system, at maximum 2
block and the incline are totally inelastic (g = 10 m/s )
compression of the spring, is zero.
A
(b) the kinetic energy of the A–B system, at maximum M
m v2
compression of the spring, is .
v
4 60° B
m
(c) the maximum compression of the spring, is v .
K
30° C
m
(d) the maximum compression of the spring, is v . 3m 3 3m
2K
19. The speed of the block at point B immediately after it strikes
^ ^
the second incline is (2008)
16. Two balls, having linear momenta p1 pi and p 2 – p i ,
(a) 60 m / s (b) 45 m / s
undergo a collision in free space. There is no external force
(c) 30 m / s (d) 15 m / s
acting on the balls. Let p '1 and p '2 be their final momenta.
The following option(s) is/are NOT ALLOWED for any non- 20. The speed of the block at point C, immediately before it
zero value of p, a1, a2, b1, b2, c1 and c2. (2008) leaves the second incline is (2008)
22. Statement I A point particle of mass m moving with speed v 27. A block of mass M, with a semicircular track of radius R,
collides with stationary point particle of mass M. If the rests on a horizontal frictionless surface. A uniform cylinder
1 2 of radius r and mass m is released from rest at the top point
maximum energy loss possible is given as f mv , then
2 A, as shown in figure. The cylinder slips on the semicircular
frictionless track. How far has the block moved when the
M
f . cylinder reaches the bottom (point B) of the track ? How
Mm
fast is the block moving when the cylinder reaches the bottom
Statement II Maximum energy loss occurs when the particles of the track ? (1983)
get stuck together as a result of the collision. (2013)
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
23. Satement I : Two particles moving in the same direction do
not lose all their energy in a completely inelastic collision.
Satement II : Principal of conservation of momentum holds 28. Two bodies A and B of mass m and 2m respectively are
true for all kinds of collisions. (2010) placed on a smooth floor. They are connected by a spring.
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
SUBJECTIVE PROBLEMS
24. A circular plate of uniform thickness has a diameter of 56 m. A third body C of mass m moves with velocity v0 along the
A circular portion of diameter 42 cm is removed from one line joining A and B and collides elastically with A as shown
edge of the plate as shown in figure. Find the position of the in figure. At a certain instant of time t0 after collision, it is
found that the instantaneous velocities of A and B are the
centre of mass of remaining porition. (1981)
same. Further at this instant the compression of the spring
is found to be x0. Determine
(i) the common velocity of A and B at time t0 and
(ii) the spring constant. (1987)
29. A ball of mass 100g is projected vertically upwards from the
ground with a velocity of 49 m/sec. At the same time another
identical ball is dropped from a height of 98 m to fall freely
along the same path as that followed by the first ball. After
25. A body of mass 1 kg, initially at rest, explodes and breaks some time the two balls collide and stick together and finally
into three fragments of masses in the ratio 1 : 1 : 3. The two fall to the ground. Find the time of flight of the masses.
pieces of equal mass fly off perpendicular to each other (1985)
with a speed of 30 m/ sec each. What is the velocity of the 30. A simple pendulum is suspended from a peg on a vertical
heavier fragments ? (1981) wall. The pendulum is pulled away from the wall to a
26. Three particles A, B, and C of equal mass move with equal horizontal position (see figure) and released. The ball hits
speed v along the medians of an equilateral triangle as
2
showin in figure the collide at the centroid of the triangle. the wall, the co-efficient of restitution being . What is
5
After the collision, A comes to rest, B retraces its path with
the speed v. What is the velocity of C ? (1982) the minimum number of collisions after which the amplitude
of oscillations becomes less than 60 degree ? (1987)
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 147
31. An object of mass 5 kg is projected with a velocity of (b) Find the equation of the trajectory of a point on the rod,
20 m/s at an angle of 60° to the horizontal. At the highest located at a distance r, from the lower end. What is the
point of its path the projectile explodes and breaks up into shape of the path of this point ? (1993)
two fragments of masses 1 kg and 4 kg. The fragments
35. A small sphere of radius R is held against the inner surface
separate horizontally after the explosion. The explosion
of a larger sphere of radius 6R. The masses of the large and
releases internal energy such that the kinetic energy of the
small spheres are 4M and M respectively. This arrangement is
system at the highest point is doubled. Calculate the
placed on a horizontal table. There is no friction between any
separation between the two fragments when they reach the
surfaces of contact. The small sphere is now released. Find the
ground. (1990)
coordinates of the centre of the large sphere when the smaller
32. A block A of mass 2m is placed on another block B of mass sphere reaches the other extreme position. (1996)
4m which in turn is placed on a fixed table. The two blocks
have same length 4d and they are placed as shown in figure.
The coefficient of friction (both static and kinetic) between
the block B and table is . There is no friction between the
two blocks. A small object of mass m moving horizontally
along a line passing through the centre of mass (COM), of
the block B and perpendicular to its face with a speed v collides
elastically with the block B at a height d above the table.
36. Two blocks of mass 2 kg and M are at rest on an inclined
plane and are separated by a distance of 6.0 m as shown in
figure. The co-efficient of friction between reach of the blocks
and the inclined plane is 0.25. The 2 kg block is given a
velocity of 10.0 m/s up the inclined plane. It collides with M,
comes back and has a velocity of 1.0 m/s when, it reaches its
(a) What is the minimum value of v (call it v0) required to initial position. The other block M after the collosion moves
make the block A topple ? 0.5 m up and comes to rest. Calculate the coefficient of
(b) If v = 2v0, find the distance (from the point p in the figure) restitution between the blocks and the mass of the block M.
at which the mass m falls on the table after collision. (Ignore [Taken sin tan = 0.05 and g = 10 m/s ]
2
(1999)
the role of friction during the collision). (1991)
–2
33. A cylindrical solid of mass 10 kg and cross-sectional area
–4 2
10 m is moving parallel to its axis (the x-axis) with a uniform
3
speed of 10 m/s in the positive direction. At t = 0, its front
face passes the plane x = 0. The region to the right of this
37. A car P is moving with a uniform speed of 5 3 m/s towards
plane is filled with dust particle of uniform density
–3 3 a carriage of mass 9 kg at rest kept on the rails at a point B as
10 kg/m . When a dust particle collides with the face of the
shown in figure. The height AC is 120 m. Cannon balls of 1
cylinder, it sticks to its surface. Assuming that the
kg are fired from the car with an initial velocity 100 m/s at an
dimensions of the cylinder remain practically unchanged
angle 30° with the horizontal. The first cannon ball hits the
and that the dust sticks only to the front face of the x-
stationary carriage after a time t0 and sticks to it. Determine
coordinate of the front of the cylinder. Find the x-coordinate
t0. At t0, the second cannon ball is fired. Assume that the
of the front of the cylinder at t = 150 s. (1993)
resistive force between the rails and the carriage is constant
34. A uniform thin rod of mass M and length L is standing and ignore the vertical motion of the carriage throughout. If
vertically, along the y-axis, on a smooth horizontal surface, the second ball also hits and sticks to the carriage, what will
with its lower end at the origin (0, 0). A slight disturbance at be the horizontal velocity of the carriage just after the second
t = 0 causes the lower end to slip on the smooth surface impact. (2001)
along the positive x-axis and the rod starts falling.
(a) What is the path, followed by the centre of mass of the
rod, during its fall ?
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 148
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 149
ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (d) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (d) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (b) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (d)
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (b)
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (d)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (a) 56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (d) 60. (d)
61. (b) 62. (a) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (c) 67. (b) 68. (b) 69. (a) 70. (d)
71. (b) 72. (a) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (b) 76. (c) 77. (c) 78. (c) 79. (d) 80. (c)
81. (d) 82. (c) 83. (d) 84. (c) 85. (c) 86. (a) 87. (b) 88. (a) 89. (a) 90. (b)
91. (c) 92. (b) 93. (c) 94. (a) 95. (a, d) 96. (b, c) 97. (a) 98. (b, d) 99. (a, c) 100. (a, d)
101. (b, c) 102. (b, c) 103. (c, d) 104. (a,c,d) 105. (c) 106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (c)0 109. (a) 110. (d)
111 (d) 112. (a) 113. (b) 114. (c) 115. (d) 116. (AQ; BP; CR,S; DS)
117. (A P,R; B R; C S; D Q) 118. (a q, r; b p, s; c r; d p)
119. (a p, s; b r, s; c r; d p, q, r) 120. (d) 121. (d) 122. (c) 123. (d) 124. (d) 125. (a)
126. (d) 127. (c) 128. (d) 129. (c) 130. (d) 131. (0001) 132. (0003) 133. (0003) 134. (0005)
CENTRE OF MASS, MOMENTUM & COLLISIONS 150
3 2
1. mv 2. 0.005 3. False 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (c)
2
10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (a, c) 13. (c) 14. (a,c,d) 15. (b,d) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a)
19. (b) 20. (b) 21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a)
m R – r 2g R – r 0 2m 20 73 5
27. i Mm
, ii m
M M m 28. i , ii 29. 30. 4 31. 44.25 m
3 3x 20 2
5 6 x2 y2
32. a 0 6gd , b 3d g 33. 105 m 34. (i) Straight line, (ii) 2
=1, Ellipse 35. (L + 2R, 0)
2 5 L r2
– r
2
36. 0.84, 15.05 kg
^ ^ v2
37. t0 = 12 second, 15.75 m/s. 38. –mv2 sin t i m v 2 cos t – v1 j where
R
m1A m1
39. (a) x 2 0 t m 1– cos t , (b) l 0 m 1 A. 40. 10 m/s 41. (2.09)
2 2
Dream on !!
04
ROTATIONAL MOTION
ROTATIONAL MOTION 152
Rotational Motion
1. KINEMATICS OF SYSTEM OF PARTICLES It is always along the axis of the motion.
(c) Angular Acceleration
1.1 System of particles can move in different ways as observed
Angular acceleration of an object about any point is rate of
by us in daily life. To understand that we need to understand
change of angular velocity about that point.
few new parameters.
(a) Angular Displacement A
A B
Consider a particle moves from A to B in the following figures. B
A A B
B
d d
O O dt dt
2
Angle is the angular displacement of particle about O. Units Rad/s
Units radian It is a vector quantity. If is constant then similarly to
(b) Angular Velocity equation of motion (i.e.)
The rate of change of angular displacement is called as t are related = 0 + t
angular velocity.
1
A 0 t t 2
2
A B
B
f2 02 2
1.2 Various types of motion
d d
dt dt
Units Rad/s
It is a vector quantity whose direction is given by right
hand thumb rule.
According to right hand thumb rule, if we curl the fingers of
right hand along with the body, then right hand thumb gives
Motion of a rod as shown.
us the direction of angular velocity.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 153
Example
vp
P
a
r
O
Motion of body of car on a straight rod.
In both the above examples, velocity of all the particles is
v p r
same as they all have equal displacements in equal intervals
of time. a r 2 r
(b) Rotational Motion Example
A system is said to be in pure rotational motion, when all the B vB
points lying on the system are in circular motion about one
common fixed axis.
A
L
B
L/2
A
C B
O
O A
B L
A vB = L and vA , with directions as shown in figure.
D 2
O B
A Now in rotational + translational motion, we just superimpose
velocity and acceleration of axis on the velocity and
In pure rotational motion.
acceleration of any point about the axis. (i.e.)
Angular velocity of all the points is same about the fixed
P
axis.
(c) Rotational + Translational
A system is said to be in rotational + translational motion, Q O v
when the particle is rotating with some angular velocity j
about a movable axis.
For example : i
vPO Riˆ
v v v0 v ˆi
O
vP v0 v PO
v P v PO vO
v = velocity of axis.
= Angular velocity of system about O. R viˆ
1.3 Inter Relationship between kinematics variable Similarly vQO Rjˆ
In general if a body is rotating about any axis (fixed or
v0 v ˆi
movable), with angular velocity and angular acceleration
then velocity of any point p with respect to axis is
vQ v ˆi R ˆj
v r and a r 2 r .
Inter-relation between v of axis and or a of axis and
i.e., depends on certain constraints.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 154
General we deal with the case of no slipping or pure rolling. Torque = rf sin about a point O.
Where r = distance from the point O to point of application
of force.
v f= force
O No slipping
= angle between r and f
vP Platform
A f
The constraint in the above case is that velocity of points
of contact should be equal for both rolling body and
playfrom. r
(i.e.) v – r = vP
If platform is fixed then Torque about O.
A is point of application of force.
vP = 0 v r
Magnitude of torque can also be rewritten as
An differentiating the above term we get
rf or r f where
dv r d
. f = component of force in the direction to r .
dt dt
r = component of force in the direction to f .
dv
Now if a Direction :
dt
v Direction of torque is given by right hand thumb rule. If we
a
d curl the fingers of right hand from first vector r to second
dt
vector f then right hand thumb gives us direction of their
then a r cross product.
Torque is always defined about a point or about an axis.
Remember if acceleration is assumed opposite to velocity
When there are multiple forces, the net torque needs to be
dv dv
then a instead of a . calculated, (i.e.)
dt dt
net F F ...........F
1 2 n
d
Similary : If and are in opposite direction the . All torque about same point/axis.
dt
If 0, then the body is in rotational equilibrium.
Accordingly the constraints can change depending upon
the assumptions. If F 0 along with 0 , then body is in mechanical
equilibrium.
2. ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS If equal and opp. force act to produce same torque then
they constitutes a couple.
2.1 Torque
For calculating torque, it is very important to find the eff.
Similar to force, the cause of rotational motion is a physical point of application of force.
quantity called a torque. Mg Acts at com/centre of gravity..
Torque incorporates the following factors.
Amount of force.
Point of application of force.
Direction of application of force. N Point of application depends upon situation to
Combining all of the above. situation.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 155
I.
I = moment of Inertia
r
= Angular Acceleration. 2m
Gives the measure of mass distribution about on axis.
I m i ri2
th
ri distance of the i mass from axis. axis
Always defined about an axis.
I axis r 2 dm
3. MOMENT OF INERTIA
r1
M1 3.1 Moment of inertia of Continuous Bodies
r4 r2
M4 M2 When the distribution of mass of a system of particle is continuous,
r3 the discrete sum I m i ri2 is replaced by an integral. The
M3
moment of inertia of the whole body takes the form
2
I r dm
M1 Keep in mind that here the quantity r is the perpendicular distance
to an axis, not the distance to an origin. To evaluate this integral,
r1 r2 we must express m in terms of r.
M2
Comparing the expression of rotational kinetic energy with
2
1/2 mv , we can say that the role of moment of inertia (I) is
same in rotational motion as that of mass in linear motion. It
r3 is a measure of the resistance offered by a body to a change
axis in its rotational motion.
M3
3.2 Moment of Inertia of some important bodies
I M1r12 M 2 r22 M3 r32
(b) Continuous Mass Distribution 1. Circular Ring
For continuous mass distribution, we need to take help of Axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to the plane
integration : of ring.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 156
2
I = MR (b) Axis passing through an end and perpendicular to the
rod:
axis R
M 2
I
3
2. Hollow Cylinder
2
I = MR
d
solid
CM P
axis
Z
(b) Hollow Sphere
Axis passing through the centre : Y
2
I = 2/3 MR
5. Thin Rod of length l : X
(a) Axis passing through mid point and perpendicular to the
length :
Let Ix = moment of inertia of the body about X–axis.
Let Iy = moment of inertia of the body about Y–axis.
The moment of inertia of the body about Z–axis (passing through
O and perpendicular to the plane of the body) is given by :
Iz = Ix + Iy
M 2
I The above result is known as the perpendicular axis theorem.
12
ROTATIONAL MOTION 157
For a particle moving in a circle of radius r with a speed v, its linear Work done = force × displacement
momentum is mv, its angular momentum (L) is given as : W = F r.
mv dW d
Power
r dt dt
1 1
2
m1r22 mr22 m 3 r32 ......... 2 (ii) K Icm 2 MVcm
2
2 2
1 2
Hence rotational kinetic energy of the system = I
2
M
The total kinetic energy of a body which is moving through space cm Vcm
as well as rotating is given by : A
K = Ktranslational + Krotational P
1 2 1 where (a) IP = Icm + MR2 (parallel axes theorem)
K MVCM I CM 2
2 2
(b) Vcm = R [pure] rolling condition.
where VCM = velocity of the centre of mass 4. Forward Slipping
ICM = moment of inertia about CM
= angular velocity of rotation H
v v+
6. ROLLING v + C = v
L
1. Friction is responsible for the motion but work done or v f v–
v=0
dissipation of energy against friction is zero as there is Translation Rotation Rolling (Sliding)
no relative motion between body and surface at the point
of contact. The bottom most point slides in the forward direction w.r.t.
2. In case of rolling all point of a rigid body have same angular ground, so friction force acts opposite to velocity at lowest
speed but different linear speed. The linear speed is point i.e. opposite to direction of motion e.g. When sudden
maximum for the point H while minimum for the point L. brakes are applied to car its ‘v’ remain same while ‘r’
decreases so its slides on the ground.
H H H 5. Backward Slipping
v v+
C v + C = C v
L v v+
v v–
L L v + v
=
Translation Rotation Pure Rolling
v –v f
v=0
3. Condition for pure rolling : (without slipping)
Translation Rotation Rolling (Sliding)
The bottom most point slides in the backward direction
Vcm w.r.t. ground, so friction force acts opposite to velocity
(i) A i.e. friction will act in the direction of motion e.g. When
B car starts on a slippery ground, its wheels has small ‘v’
but large ‘r’ so wheels slips on the ground and friction
general (when surface is moving) acts against slipping.
in terms of velocity : Vcm –R = VB 6.1 Rolling and sliding motion on an inclined plane
in terms of rotation : acm – R = aB
special case (when VB = 0)
in terms of velocity : Vcm = R
in terms of acceleration : acm R h h
(ii) Total KE of Rolling body :
1 Pure Rolling Sliding
(i) K I P 2 OR
2
ROTATIONAL MOTION 159
Velocity VR 2gh / VS 2 gh VF 2 gh
(where = [1 + I/Mr2])
Velocity of falling and sliding bodies are equal and is more than rollings.
Acceleration is maximum in case of falling and minimum in case of rolling.
Falling body reaches the bottom first while rolling last.
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example - 1
a t R 0.3 0.5 0.15 m / s 2
A flywheel of radius 30 cm starts from rest and accelerates
2
with constant acceleration of 0.5 rad/s . Compute the 2
0.15 = 0.646 m/s2
2
tangential, radial and resultant accelerations of a point on a net a 2r a 2t
25
its circumference :
Example - 2
(a) Initially at = 0°
(b) After it has made one third of a revolution. A wheel mounted on a stationary axle starts at rest and is
given the following angular acceleration :
Sol. (a) At the start : = 9 – 12 t (in SI units)
2
= 0.5 rad/s where t is the time after the wheel begins to rotate. Find
the number of revolutions that the wheel turns before it
R = 0.3 m
stops (and begins to turn in the opposite direction).
= i = 0 rad/s
2
Radial acceleration = ar = R = 0 m/s Sol. The kinematic equations do not apply because the angular
2
Tangential acceleration = at = R = (0.3) (0.5) = 0.15 m/s acceleration is not constant.
Net acceleration = anet We start with the basic definition : = d/dt to write
a 2r a 2t 0 2 0.152 0.15 m / s 2 t t
0 dt 9 12 t dt 9 t 6t 2 (in SI units)
0 0
(b) After = 120° (2 /3) :
We find the elapsed time t between
2f i2 2 0 20.52 / 3
0 = 0 and = 0 by substituting these values :
2
2 0 – 0 = 9t – 6t
f rad / s
3 Solving for t, we obtain t = 9/6 = 1.50 s
From = ddt, we have
a r 2 R 2 / 3 0.3 / 5 m / s 2
0
ROTATIONAL MOTION 160
t t
Dividing (iii) by R and adding to (i) and (ii),
9t 6t dt 4.5 t
2 2
dt 2t 3
0 0 M
m 2 g m1g m 2 a m1a R
2
Substituting 0 = 0 and t = 1.5 s, we obtain
2 3
0 = 4.5 (1.5) – 2 (1.5) = 3.375 rad M
m 2 g m1 g m 2 m 1 a
2
Example - 3
In the given figure, calculate the linear acceleration of the m 2 m1 10 8g 20
blocks. a g m / s2
M 2 19
m 2 m1 10 8
2 2
Example - 4
A uniform rod of length L and mass M is pivoted freely at
B
one end.
A
(a) What is the angular acceleration of the rod when
Mass of block A = 10 kg it is at angle to the vertical ?
Mass of block B = 8 kg (b) What is the tangential linear acceleration of the
Mass of disc shaped pulley = 2 kg (take g = 10 m/s )
2 free end when the rod is horizontal ? The moment of
2
inertia of a rod about one end is 1/3 ML .
Sol. Let R be the radius of the pulley and T1 and T2 be the Sol. The figure shows the rod at an angle to the vertical. If we
tensions in the left and right portions of the string. take torques about the pivot we need not be connected
Let m1 = 10 kg ; m2 = 8 kg ; M = 2 kg. with the force due to the pivot.
Let a be the acceleration of blocks.
+
T1 T2
m1g m2g mg
T1 T2 3g
a t L
2
Example - 5
1 2
(iii) T2R – T1R = MR
2 A turntable rotates about a fixed vertical axis, making one
revolution in 10 s. The moment of inertia of the turntable
2
The linear acceleration of blocks is same as the tangential about the axis is 1200 kg m . A man of mass 80 kg initially
acceleration of any point on the circumference of the pulley standing at the centre of the turntable, runs out along a
which is R. radius. What is the angular velocity of the turntable when
(iv) a = R the man is 2m from the centre ?
ROTATIONAL MOTION 161
M
VCM
m v m v1
There is no external impulse on the system.
I0 = initial moment of inertia of the system Linear momentum is conserved and Angular momentum
about any point is conserved.
I0 = Iman + Itable
2
(i) Pi = Pf
I0 = 0 + 1200 = 1200 kg m
mv = mv1 + MVCM ...(i)
(Iman = 0 as the man is at the axis)
(ii) (LCM)i = (LCM)f about CM of rod.
I = final moment of inertia of the system
mv1
I = Iman + Itable mv 0 ICM ...(ii)
2
2 2
I = mr + 1200
(iii) At colliding points
Vsep = eVapp
VCM v1 ev ...(iii)
2
2m
e = 1 (Elastic collision)
Solving (i), (ii) and (iii) we get :
2
I = 80 (2) + 1200 = 1520 kg m
2 4m M 2m
v1 v ; VCM v
4 m M 4 m M
By conservation of angular momentum :
I0 0 = I 12 m v
Now 0 = 2/T0 = 2/10 = /5 rad/s 4 m M
I 0 0 1200
= 0.51 rad/s Example - 7
I 1520 5
A solid sphere of radius r and mass m rolls without slipping
Example - 6
down the track shown in the figure. At the end of its run
A meter stick lies on a frictionless horizontal table. It has at point Q its center–of–mass velocity is directed upward.
a mass M and is free to move in any way on the table. A
hockey puck m, moving as shown with speed v collide
elastically with the stick.
M
centre
R
m v
(a) Determine the force with which the sphere presses
(a) What is the velocity of the puck after impact ? against the track at B.
(b) What is the velocity of the CM and the angular velocity (b) Upto what height does the CM rise after it leaves
of the stick after impact ? the track ?
ROTATIONAL MOTION 162
V cm 2 r2 at Q
As there is no slipping, the point of contact of the body
Top
with plane is instantaneously at rest.
A
v = R and ACM = R
Solve the following three equations for a and f :
10 R + r mg sin – f = m
2
Q f R = mk
ACM = R
B
g sin mg sin
A CM 2
and f
From Q to P, does not change because about C.M torque k R2
1 2 1 2
is zero in air. R k
gain in GPE = loss in KE We can also derive the condition for pure rolling (rolling
1 without slipping) :
2
mg × gain in height = mVcm 2
2 To avoid slipping, f < sN
2
Vcm 5 g sin
h 2
9R r s mg cos
2g 7 1 R 2 / k 2
52 R 5 r
height above the base = R + h = tan
7 7 s
R2
Example - 8 1 2
k
A rigid body of radius of gyration k and radius R rolls
(without slipping) down a plane inclined at an angle This is the condition on s so that the body rolls without
with horizontal. Calculate its acceleration and the frictional slipping.
force acting on it.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 163
Example - 9 Potential energy (U) = –k/r
A particle of mass m is subject to an attractive central (Compare the expression of force with gravitational force)
2
force of magnitude k/r where k is a constant. At the From conservation of energy,
instant when the particle is at an extreme position in its
total energy at P1 = total energy at P2
closed elliptical orbit, its distance from the centre of force
k 1 k 1 k
is ‘a’ and its speed is 2 ma . Calculate its distance from mv12 mv 22
2 r
1 2 r2
force-centre when it is at the other extreme position.
From conervation of angular momentum about C,
2
v1 1 k 1 v r k
mv12 m 1 1
r1 = a r2 P2 2 r1 2 r2 r2
P1 C
v2 k
Substituting v1 = 2 ma and r1 = a
k
We have r1 = a and v1 = 2 ma 1 k k 1 ma 2 k
m
2 2ma a 2 r22 2 ma r2
As the force is directed towards C, torque about C is zero.
Hence we will apply conservation of angular momentum 3r22 4 ar2 a 2 0
about C and conservation of energy. r2 = a, a/3
2
F = k/r
The other extreme position is at a distance of a/3 from C.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 164
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 2 : 1
3 2
5. Moment of inertia of a uniform annular disc of internal radius (c) 2 mr 2 (d) 2mr
r and external radius R and mass M about an axis through its
11. What is the moment of inertia I of a uniform solid sphere of
centre and perpendicular to its plane is:
mass M and radius R, privoted about an axis that is tangent
1 2 2 1 2 2 to the surface of the sphere?
(a) M ( R r ) (b) M ( R r )
2 2
M (R4 r 4 ) 1 M (R4 r 4 )
(c) (d)
2( R 2 r 2 ) 2 (R2 r 2 )
6. For the same total mass which of the following will have the
largest moment of inertia about an axis passing through the
centre of gravity and perpendicular to the plane of the body?
2 3
(a) A disc of radius a (b) A ring of radius a (a) 3 MR 2 (b) 5 MR 2
(c) A square lamina of side 2a
6 7
(d) Four roads forming square of side 2a (c) 5 MR 2 (d) 5 MR 2
ROTATIONAL MOTION 165
A B
E m 2 2
(a) M R (b) (M + m) R
4
(a) 2 I AC I EF (b) IAD = 3IEF
2 Mm 2
(c) IAC = IEF (d) I AC 2 I EF
(c) (M + 3m) R (d) R
2
ROTATIONAL MOTION 166
M 2 2M 2 (a) zero (b) Mga
(c) (d)
6 3
Mga sin
(c) Mga sin (d)
Point of application 2
24. When a steady torque or couple acts on a body, the body: 28. A T-shaped object with dimensions shown in the figure, is
(a) continues in a state of rest or of uniform motion by
lying on a smooth floor. A force F is applied at the point P
Newton’s 1st law
parallel to AB, such that the object has only the translational
(b) gets linear acceleration by Newton’s 2nd law
motion without rotation. Find the location of P with respect
(c) gets an angular acceleration to C:
(d) continues to rotate at a steady rate.
25. A uniform rod is kept on a frictionless horizontal table and
two forces F1 and F2 are acted as shown in figure. The line of
action of force FR1 (which produces same torque) is at a
perpendicular distance ‘C’ from O. Now F1 and F2 are
interchanged and F1 is reversed. The new forces FR2 (which
produces torque of same magnitude in the present case) 4l
(a) (b) l
C 3
has its line of action at a distance from O. If the FR1 :
2
2l 3l
FR2 in the ratio 2:1, then a:b is ( assume F2 a Fb (c) (d)
1 ): 3 2
F1 29. An equilateral prism of mass m rests on a rough horizontal
O
surface with cofficient of friction . A horizontal force F is
a b applied on the prism as shown in the figure. If the coefficient
F2 of friction is sufficiently high so that the prism does not
slide before toppling, then the minimum force required to
2 F2 F1 F2 4 F1
(a) 4 F F (b) 4 F F topple the prism is:
3 1 2 1
F2 3F1 F2 F1
(c) F F (d) 2 F 3F
1 2 2 1
26. What is the torque of force F 2iˆ 3 ˆj 4kˆ acting at a
point r 3iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ about the origin?
mg mg
(a) 3 (b) 4
(a) 6iˆ 6 ˆj 12kˆ (b) 6iˆ 6 ˆj 12kˆ
mg mg
(c) (d) 4
(c) 17iˆ 6 ˆj 13kˆ (d) 17iˆ 6 ˆj 13kˆ 3
ROTATIONAL MOTION 167
2 2 2 Rotational Dynamics
(a) (b)
2 2
39. A flywheel of mass 50 kg and radius of gyration about its
2 2
( ) axis of rotation of 0.5m is acted upon by a constant torque
(c) (d)
2 2 of 12.5 Nm. Its angular velocity at t = 5 sec is:
34. A wheel is subjected to uniform angular acceleration about (a) 2.5 rad/sec (b) 5 rad/sec
its axis. Initially, its angular velocity is zero. In the first 2s, it
(c) 7.5 rad/sec (d) 10 rad/sec
rotates through an angle 1 , in the next 2s, it rotates through
40. A uniform metre stick of mass M is hinged at one end and
an angle 2 . The ration of 2 / 1 is: supported in a horizontal direction by a string attached to
(a) 1 (b) 2 the other end. What should be the initial acceleration (in
2
(c) 3 (d) 5 rad/sec ) of the stick if the string is cut?
42. In the pulley system shown, if radii of the bigger and smaller
pulley are 2 m and 1m respectively and the acceleration of
2
block A is 5m/s in the downward direction, then the
L
acceleration of block B will be: R
1 2 2 L2 1
(a) m R
2 2
(b) m R
2 12 2
1
(c) m 2 L2 (d) none of these
24
2 2
(a) 0 m/s (b) 5 m/s 46. A uniform rod of length L is free to rotate in a vertical plane
(c) 10 m/s
2
(d) 5/2 m/s
2 about a fixed horizontal axis through B. The rod begins
rotating from rest from its unstable equilibrium position.
43. Figure shows a uniform rod of length and mass M which is When it has turned through an angle its average angular
pivoted at end A such that it can rotate in a vertical plane. The velocity is given as :
free end of the rod ‘B’ is initially vertically above the pivot A
and then released. As the rod rotates about A, its angular
acceleration when it is inclined to horizontal at angle is A'
B L
B B'
6g 6g
(a) sin (b) sin
A L L 2
3g g
(a) cos (b) tan 6g 6g
2 (c) cos (d) cos
L 2 L
5g g
(c) sin (d) sin Kinematics (Rigid Body)
4
Rotational Energy 47. A string of negligible thickness is wrapped several times
around a cylinder kept on a rough horizontal surface. A man
44. In the above quesiton, the end B of the rod will hit the
standing at a distance from the cylinder holds one end of
ground with a linear speed :
the string and pulls the cylinder towards him. There is no
(a) 2 g (b) 5g slipping anywhere. The ratio of length of the string passed
through the hand of the man to the distance moved by
2g centre of mass of cylinder is:
(c) 3g (d)
45. A uniform rod of mass M and length L lies radially on a disc
rotating with angular speed in a horizontal plane about its
axis. The rod does not slip on the disc and the centre of the
rod is at a distance R from the centre of the disc. Then the (a) 1 (b) 2
kinetic energy of the rod is :
(c) 3 (d) 4
ROTATIONAL MOTION 169
3F 5F
(a) 4MR (b) 7MR 2 2
(c) tan (d) cot
7 7
7F 5F
(c) 11MR (d) 2MR 54. A hoop rolls without slipping down an incline of slope 30°.
Linear acceleration of its centre of mass is
49. A sphere cannot roll on :
(a) a smooth horizontal surface g g
(a) 2 (b) 3
(b) a rough horizontal surface
(c) a smooth inclined surface g g
(c) 4 (d) 6
(a) a rough inclined surface
50. A hoop rolls on a horizontal ground without slipping with Total Energy
linear speed v. Speed of a particle P on the circumference of 55. A 6 kg ball starts from rest and rolls down a rough gradual
the hoop at angle is : slope until it reaches a point 80 cm lower than its starting
point. Then the speed of the ball is :
–1 –1
(a) 1.95 ms (b) 2.5 ms
v –1 –1
(c) 3.35 ms (d) 4.8 ms
–1
56. A uniform solid sphere rolls on a horizonal surface at 20 ms .
P It then rolls up an incline having an angle of inclination at 30°
with the horizontal. If the friction losses are negligible, the
value of height h above the ground where the ball stops is :
(a) 14.3 m (b) 28.6 m
(a) 2 v sin (b) v sin
2
(c) 57.2 m (d) 9.8 m
57. A solid sphere is rolling on a frictionless surface, shown in
(c) 2 v cos (d) v cos
2 figure with a translational velocity v m/s. If it is to climb the
inclined surface then v should be :
Dynamics
51. A sphere of mass m rolls without slipping on an inclined
h
plane of inclination . The linear acceleration of the sphere is: v
1 2
(a) g sin (b) g sin
7 7 10
(a) gh (b) 2 gh
7
3 5
(c) g sin (d) g sin
7 7 10
(c) 2 gh (d) gh
52. In the above question, the force of friction on the sphere is: 7
1 2 58. A disc is rolling on an inclined plane. What is the ratio of its
(a) Mg sin (b) Mg sin rotational K.E. to the total K. E. ?
7 7
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 3 : 1
3 5
(c) Mg sin (d) Mg sin (c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1
7 7
ROTATIONAL MOTION 170
mv 2 (c) 2 L (d) 2 L
(c) (d) m 2gh 3
2g
ROTATIONAL MOTION 171
72. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R is rotating about
69. The position of a particle is given by : r ˆi 2ˆj kˆ and its
its axis with a constant angular velocity . Two objects,
each of mass m, are attached gently to the opposite ends of
linear momentum is given by : P 3iˆ 4ˆj 2kˆ . Then its
a diameter of the ring. The ring rotates now with an angular
angular momentum, about the origin is perpendicular to :
velocity :
(a) YZ plane (b) z–axis
M M 2m
(c) y–axis (d) x–axis (a) (b)
Mm M 2m
Angular Momentum Conservation
M M m
1 (c) (d)
70. If the radius of earth contracts of its present day value, M 2m M
n
73. If a gymnast, sitting on a rotating stool with his arms
the length of the day will be approximately :
outstretched, suddenly lowers his arms :
24 24 (a) the angular velocity increases
(a) h (b) h
n n2 (b) his moment of inertia increases
2
(c) 24n h (b) 24n h (c) the angular velocity remains same
71. A disc of moment of inertia I1 is rotating freely with angular (d) the angular momentum increases
velocity 1 when a second, non-rotating disc with moment 74. A thin uniform circular disc of mass M and radius R is
of inertia I2 is dropped on it gently the two then rotate as a rotating in a horizontal plane about an axis passing through
unit. Then the total angular speed is : its centre and perpendicular to the plane with angular
velocity . Another disc of same mass but half the radius is
I11 I 2 1 gently placed over it coaxially. The angular speed of the
(a) I (b) I composite disc will be :
2 1
5 4
(a) (b)
(c)
I11
(d)
I1 I2 1 4 5
I 2 I1 I2
2 5
(c) (d)
5 2
ROTATIONAL MOTION 172
O 10. The moment of inertia of a uniform semicircular disc of mass
(a) mvL (b) mvl M and radius r about a line perpendicular to the plane of the
(c) mvr (d) zero disc through the centre is (2005)
5. A circular disc X of radius R is made from an iron plate of
thickness t, and another disc Y of radius 4R is made from an 1
(a) Mr
2
(b) Mr 2
iron plate of thickness t/4. Then the relation between the 2
moment of inertia IX and IY is (2003)
(a) Iy = 32 Ix (b) Iy = 16 Ix 1 2
(c) Mr 2 (d) Mr 2
4 5
(c) Iy = Ix (d) Iy = 64 Ix
ROTATIONAL MOTION 173
m m 2M
(a) (b)
A B m 2M m
m 2M m
(c) (d)
P
m 2M m M
F 15. Four point masses, each of value m, are placed at the corners
of a square ABCD of side l. The moment of inertia of this
system about an aixs through A and parallel to BD is(2006)
2 2
C (a) ml (b) 2ml
2 2
4 (c) 3 ml (d) 3 ml
(a) l (b) l
3 16. A round uniform body of radius R, mass M and moment of
3 3 inertia I, rolls down (without slipping) an inclined plane making
(c) l (d) l an angle with the horizontal. Then, its acceleration is(2007)
4 2
12. An annular ring with inner and outer radii R1 and R2 is rolling g sin g sin
(a) (b)
without slipping with a uniform angular speed. The ratio of 1 MR 2 / I 1 I / MR 2
the forces experienced by the two particles situated on the
inner and outer parts of the ring, F1/F2 is (2005) g sin g sin
(c) (d)
1 MR 2 / I 1 I / MR 2
R1
(a) 1 (b) R 17. Angular momentum of the particle rotating with a central
2
force is constant due to (2007)
2
R2 R1 (a) constant force
(c) R (d)
1 R2 (b) constant linear momentum
13. A force of –F k̂ acts on O, the origin of the coordinate (c) constant torque
system. The torque about the point (1, –1) is (2006) (d) zero torque
z 18. For the given uniform square lamina ABCD, whose centre
is O (2007)
F
D C
O y O
A B
x E
(a) F î ˆj
(b) F î ĵ
(a) I AC 2 I EF (b) 2 I AC I EF
(a) continuously decreases (b) angular momentum changes in direction but not in
magnitude
(b) continuously increases
(c) angular momentum changes both in direction and
(c) first increases and then decreases magnitude
(d) remain unchanged
(d) angular momentum is conserved.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 175
28. A mass ‘m’ is supported by a massless string would arround R
a uniform hollow cylinder of mass m and radius R. If the (b) L mv a k when the particle ismoving from
string does not slip on the cylinder, with what acceleration 2
will the mass fall on release ? (2014) B to C.
mv
(c) L R k when the particle is moving from D to A.
2
mv
(d) L R k when the particle is moving from A to B.
2
31. A roller is made by joining together two cones at their
vertices O. It is kept on two rails AB and CD which are
placed asymmetrically (see figure), with its axis
perpendicular to CD and its centre O at the centre of line
joining AB and CD (see figure). It is given a light push so
g 5g that it starts rolling with its centre O moving parallel to CD
(a) (b)
2 6 in the direction shown. As it moves, the roller will tend to
: (2016)
2g
(c) g (d)
3
29. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius R a cube of
maximum possible volume is cut. Moment of inertia of
cube about an axis passing through its centre and
perpendicular to one of its faces is : (2015)
4 MR 2 4 MR 2
(a) (b)
9 3 3 3
(a) turn right
MR 2 MR 2 (b) go straight
(c) (d) (c) turn left and right alternately
32 2 16 2
(d) turn left
30. A particle of mass m is moving along the side of a square
of side ‘a’, with a uniform speed v in the x – y plane as 32. A slender uniform rod of mass M and length l is pivoted at
shown in the figure : one end so that it can rotate in a vertical plane (see figure).
There is negligible friction at the pivot. The free end is
held vertically above the pivot and then released. The
angular acceleration of the rod when it makes an angle
with the vertical is: (2017)
Which of the following statements is false for the angular
momentum L about the origin ? (2016)
R 3g 2g
(a) L mv a k when the particle ismoving from (a) sin (b) sin
2 2 3
C to D.
3g 2g
(c) cos (d) cos
2 3
ROTATIONAL MOTION 176
33. The moment of inertia of a uniform cylinder of length 8 15
and radius R about its perpendicular bisector is . What (a) (b)
7 14
8 15
is the ratio such that the moment of inertia is minimum? (c) (d)
R 7 14
(2017)
36. A ball of mass 160 g is thrown up at an angle of 60° to the
horizontal at a speed of 10 ms–1. The angular momentum
3 3
(a) (b) of the ball at the highest point of the trajectory with respect
2 2
to the point from which the ball is thrown is nearly
3 (g = 10 ms–2) (2014 Online Set-4)
(c) 1 (d)
2 (a) 6.0 kg m2/s (b) 3.0 kg m2/s
Ma
(a) Ma (b)
2
Ma
(c) Mg (d)
3
37
(a) 10 MR 2 (b) MR 2 38. A uniform disc of radius R and mass M is free to rotate
9 only about its axis. A string is wrapped over its rim and a
body of mass m is tied to the free end of the string as
40 shown in the figure. The body is released from rest. Then
(c) 4 MR 2 (d) MR 2
9 the acceleration of the body is : (2017 Online Setp-1)
35. A cylinder of mass Mc and sphere of mass Ms are placed at
points A and B of two inclines, respectively. (See figure).
If they roll on the incline without slipping which that their
sin c
accelerations are the same. then the ratio sin is.
s
(2014 Online Set-1)
2 mg 2 Mg
(a) 2 m M (b) 2 m M
2 mg 2 Mg
(c) 2 M m (d) 2 M m
ROTATIONAL MOTION 177
39. Moment of inertia of an equilateral triangular lamina ABC,
about the axis passing through its centre O and
perpendicular to its plane is I0 as shown in the figure. A
cavity DEF is cut out from the lamina, where D, E, F are the
mid points of the sides. Moment of inertia of the remaining
part of lamina about the same axis is :
(2017 Online Set-1)
73 181
(a) MR 2 (b) MR 2
2 2
19 55
(c) MR 2 (d) MR
2
2 2
42. A force of 40 N acts on a point B at the end of an L-shaped
7 15 object, as shown in the figure. The angle that will
(a) Io (b) I o
8 16 produce maximum moment of the force about point A is
given by : (2018 Online Set-1)
3Io 31Io
(c) (d)
4 32
R
40. A circular hole of radius is made in a thin uniform disc
4
having mass M and radius R, as shown in figure. The
moment of inertia of the remaining portion of the disc about
an axis passing through the point O and perpendicular to
the plane of the disc is : (2017 Online Set-2)
1
(a) tan = (b) tan = 2
2
1
(c) tan = 4 (d) tan =
4
43. A uniform rod AB is suspended from a point X, at a variable
distance x from A, as shown. To make the rod horizontal, a
mass m is suspended from its end A. A set of (m, x) values
is recorded. The appropriate variables that give a straight
line, when plotted, are : (2018 Online Set-1)
219 MR 2 237 MR 2
(a) (b)
256 512
19 MR 2 197 MR 2
(c) (d)
512 256
41. Seven identical circular planar disks, each of mass M and
radius R are welded symmetrically as shown. The moment 1
(a) m, x (b) m,
of inertia of the arrangement about the axis normal to the x
plane and passing through the point P is : (2018)
1
(c) m, (d) m, x2
x2
ROTATIONAL MOTION 178
6
(a) (b)
5L 5L
3
(c) (d)
5L 6L (a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 4
(c) 1 : 5 (d) 1 : 2
ROTATIONAL MOTION 179
Continuous Body
2 2
(a) 3 m
2
(b) 2ml
1. A uniform solid cylinder has a radius R and length L. If
the moment of inertia of this cylinder about an axis passing
through its centre and normal to its circular face is equal to 2 8
(c) 3ml (d) 3 m2
the moment of inertia of the same cylinder about an axis
passing through its centre and normal to its length, then 6. A thin rod of length 4l and mass 4m is bent at the point as
shown in the figure. What is the moment of inertia of the rod
(a) L = R (b) L 3 R
about the axis passing through point O and perpendicular
(c) L R / 3 (d) L = 0 to the plane of the paper.
2. A cricket mat of mass 50 kg is rolled loosely in the form of a
cylinder of radius 2m. Now again it is rolled tightly so that
the radius becomes 3/4th of original value; then the ratio of
moment of inertia of mat in the two cases is:
M 2 10M 2
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 4 : 3 (a) (b)
3 3
(c) 3 : 5 (d) 16 : 9
3. A circular disc is to be made using iron and aluminium. To M 2 M 2
(c) (d)
keep its moment of inertia maximum about a geometrical 12 24
3m 2 m 2
(c) (d)
4 2
40
(a) 4 MR2 (b) MR2
9
37
(c) 10 MR2 (d) MR2
9
ROTATIONAL MOTION 180
9. The moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder of mass M,
I
radius R and Length L about its axis
(a) MR2 r
2
(b) ML
MR 2
(c)
L
2 2
(a) R (b) R
MR 2 15 5
(d)
2
3 3
10. Two thin discs, each of mass M and radius r m, are attached (c) R (d) R
15 15
as shown in the figure, to form a rigid body. The rotational
inertia of this body about an axis perpendicular to the plane 13. Let I be the moment of inertia of a uniform square plate
of disc B and passing through its centre is : about an axis AB that passes through its centre and is
parallel to two of its sides. CD is a line in the plane of the
plate that passes through the centre of the plate and makes
an angle with AB. The moment of inertia of the plate
about the axis CD is then equal to:
(a) I (b) I sin2
(c) I cos2 (d) I cos2 /
2 2
(a) 2Mr (b) 3Mr Point of application
2 2
(c) 4Mr (d) 5Mr
14. A stone of mass m tied to a string of length l is rotating
11. A uniform rod of mass m is bent into the form of a semicircle along a circular path with constant speed v. The torque
of radius R. The moment of inertia of the rod about an axis on the stone is :
passing through A and perpendicular to the plane of the
(a) m v l (b) m v/l
paper is
(c) m v2/l (d) zero
15. A body is under the action of two equal and oppositely
directed forces and the body is rotating with constant
acceleration. Which of the following cannot be the
separation between the lines of action of the forces?
2 2
(a) 3 mR 2 (b) mR (a) 1 m (b) 0.4 m
(c) 0.25 m (d) Zero
5 2
Rotational Equilibrium
(c) mR 2 (d) 2mR
16. A unifrom ladder of mass 10 kg leans against a smooth
Perpendicular axis theorem vertical wall making an angle of 53° with it. The other end
12. A solid sphere of radius R has moment of inertia I about its rest on a rough horizontal floor. The normal force and
geometrical axis. If it is melted into a disc of radius r and frictional force that the floor exerts on the ladder are
thickness t. If it’s moment of inertia about the tangential respectively
axis (which is perpendicular to plane of the disc), is also (a) 98 N, 65 N (b) 98 N, 0
equal to I, then the value of r is equal to : (c) 0, 65 N (d) 65 N, 98 N
ROTATIONAL MOTION 181
(a) 29 N on right scale and 15 N on left scale
(b) 15 N on right scale and 29 N on left scale
(c) 10 N on right scale and 20 N on left scale
(d) 2.25 N on right scale and 7 N on left scale
18. O is the centre of an equilateral triangle ABC. F1, F2 and F3
are three forces acting along the sides AB, BC and AC as
shown in the adjoining diagram. What should be the
a
magnitude of F3 so that the total torque about O is zero ? (a) Mg (b) Mg a
A a
(c) Mg a (d) Mg a
Rotational Kinematics
F3
O 22. A motor car is travelling at 60 ms/ on a circular road of
radius 1200 m. It is increasing its speed at the rate of 4 m/s2.
B F2
C The acceleration of the car is :
(a) 3m/s2 (b) 4 m/s2
F1
(c) 5 m/s2 (d) 7 m/s2
23. A particle moves in a circle of radius 25 cm at two
F1 F2 revolutions per sec. The acceleration of the particle in
(a) (b) 2 (F1 + F2)
2 m/s2 is :
(c) (F1 + F2) (d) (F1 – F2) (a) 2 (b) 8 2
19. A solid cube of side 1 m is just tilted by a horizontal force (c) 4 2 (d) 2 2
of 10 N. The weight of cube is 24. The maximum possible velocity of the bob at the lowest
position of a simple pendulum of length L to oscillate is
10 N
(a) 5 gL (b) 3 gL
(c) 2 gL (d) gL
ROTATIONAL MOTION 182
(a) T(3/4) (b) T 3 / 4
10
(c) 10 3 rad/sec (d) rad/sec
(c) T 4 / 3 (d) T 3
ROTATIONAL MOTION 183
(b) v a v b
r
(c)
v b sin b v a sin a in anticlockwise direction m
r
(d)
v b sin b v a sin a in anticlockwise direction (a) g (b) 2g/3
r
(c) g/2 (d) g/3
36. A wheel initially at rest, is rotated with a uniform angular
40. The moment of inertia of a body about a given axis is 1.2
acceleration. The wheel rotates through an angle 1 in
first one second and through an additional angle 2 in the kg m2. Initially, the body is at rest. In order to produce a
next one second. The ratio 2/1 is : rotational kinetic energy of 1500 joule, an angular
acceleration of 25 radian/sec2 must be applied about that
(a) 4 (b) 2
axis for a duration of
(c) 3 (d) 1
(a) 4 seconds (b) 2 seconds
37. A sphere S rolls without slipping, moving with a constant
speed on a plank P. The friction between the upper surface (c) 8 seconds (d) 10 seconds
of p and the sphere is sufficient to prevent slipping, while 41. In the above question, the tension in the cords is :
the lower surface of P is smooth and rests on the ground.
(a) Mg/2 (b) Mg/3
Initially, P is fixed to the ground by a pin N. If N is suddenly
revmoved. (c) Mg/6 (d) Mg/12
42. A mass M is supported by a massless string wound round
S a uniform cylinder of mass M and radius R. On releasing
the mass from rest, it will fall with acceleration.
N r
P
M R
(a) S will begin to slip on P
(b) P will begin to move backwards M
(c) the speed of S will decrease and its angular velocity
will increase (a) g (b) g/2
(d) there will be no change in the motion of S and P will (c) g/3 (d) 2g/3
still be at rest.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 184
43. Each pulley shown in the given figure below has radius r 47. A wheel of mass 2 kg, having practically all the mass
and moment of inertia I. The acceleration of the block is concentrated along the circumference of a circle of radius
20 cm, is rotating on its axis with an angular velocity of
100 rad/s. The rotational kinetic energy of the wheel is :
(a) 4 joule (b) 70 joule
(c) 400 joule (d) 800 joule
48. A rod AB is 1 m long. It is hinged at A so as to rotate in a
vertical plane. Initially the rod is horizontally placed and
then it is released from rest. Obtain the angular speed of
the rod and the linear speed of its free end as it passes
through the position shown in the diagram
M mg M m g
(a) M m 2I2 (b) M m 2I2
r r
A B
60°
M m g M m g
(c) M m I2
(d) M m I2
r r
B'
Rotational Energy
44. A uniform rod of length 2l is placed with one end in
(a) = 5.05 rad/s, v = 5.05 m/s
contact with the horizontal table and is then inclined at
an angle to the horizontal and allowed to fall. When it (b) = 1 rad/s, = 1 m/s
becomes horizontal, its angular velocity will be (c) = 4.04 rad/s, v = 2.02 m/s
(d) = 5.05 rad/s, v = 1.01 m/s
3g sin 2
(a) (b) 3g sin 49. A rod AB of length L revolves in a horizontal plane about
2
the axis YY’ with an angular velocity w. If A is area of
cross-section of rod and its density, its kinetic energy
g sin is
(c) (d) g sin
Y
45. A fly wheel rotating about a fixed axis has a kinetic energy
of 360 joule when its angular speed is 30 radian/sec. The A B
moment of inertia of the wheel about the axis of rotation is
Y'
(a) 0.6 kg m2 (b) 0.15 kg m2
51. A street light of mass M is suspended from the end of a
(c) 2 / 5 u (d) 2 / 3 u
uniform rod of length L in different possible patterns as
shown in figure, then: 56. A solid sphere radius 1 m and mass 2 kg is rolling with a
linear speed of 2 m/s. What is speed of point A
(a) pattern A is more sturdy
(b) pattern B is more study
(c) pattern C is more study (a) 2 m/s (b) 2 2 m / s
(d) all will have same sturdiness.
(c) 4 m/s (d) 2 m / s
52. A cylindrical rod of mass M, length L and radius R has two
57. Consider a wheel of a bicycle rolling on a level road at a
cords wound around it whose ends are attached to the
linear speed V0. Choose the incorrect statement
ceiling. The rod is held horizontally with the two cords
vertical. When the rod is released, the cords unwind and
the rod rotates the linear acceleration of the cylinders as it C
falls, is : D
(a) g (b) g/3
B V0
(c) 2g/3 (d) g/2 O
the ground ? contact with the plane is conserved
F F
mg
(a) 2/3 g and mg/3 (b) g and mg/2
(c) g/3 and mg/2 (d) g/2 and mg/3 Solid sphere Hollow sphere
63. A solid homogeneous shpere is moving on a rough
(a) a1 = a2 (b) a1 > a2
horizontal surface, partly rolling and partly sliding. During
this kind of motion of the sphere (c) a1 < a2 (d) data sufficient
69. A uniform ball of radius r rolls without slipping down from
(a) Total kinetic energy is conserved
the top of a sphere of radius R. The angular velocity of teh
(b) Angular momentum of the sphere about the point of ball when it breaks from the sphere is
ROTATIONAL MOTION 187
(b) The speeds will be same but time of descent will be
5g R r 10g R r
(a) (b) different
17r 2 17r 2
(c) The speeds will be different but time of descent will be
same
5g R r 10g R r
(c) (d) (d) Speeds and time of descent both will be different.
10r 2 7r 2
74. A ball rolls down an inclined groove acquiring a velocity
70. A solid sphere of mass m is lying at rest on a rough
Vr as it reaches the bottom. If the same ball slid without
horizontal surface. The coefficient of firction between the
friction rather than rolled from the same height down a
ground and sphere is . The maximum value of F, so that
similar track to acquire a velocity Vs, which of the following
the sphere will not slip, is equal to
statement is true ?
(a) Vr < Vs, because work must be done by the rolling ball
against frictional forces
(b) Vr > Vs, because the rotational kinetic energy acquired
makes the rolling ball travel faster
(c) Vr = Vs, because the kinetic energy must be conserved.
(d) Vr < Vs, because the rolling ball acquires rotational as
7 4 well as translational kinetic energy
(a) 5 mg (b) 7 mg
(e) Vr < Vs, because the rotating ball has an angular
acceleration as well as a linear acceleration
5 7
(c) 7 mg (d) 2 mg 75. The speed of a homogeneous solid sphere after rolling
down an inclined plane of vertical height h from rest
Total Energy without sliding is
71. A disc of radius R and mass M is rolling horizontally
10 gh
without slipping with speed V. It then moves up an incline (a) (b) gh
7
as shown.
The maximum height upto which it can reach is 6 gh
(c) 2 gh (d)
5
76. A spherical ball rolls on a table without slipping. The the
fraction of its total energy associated with rotation is :
v (a) 2/5 (b) 2/7
(c) 3/5 (d) 3/7
77. A person slides freely down a frictionless inclined plane
while his bag falls down vertically from the same height.
(a) v2/g (b) v2/2g The final speeds of the man (vM) and the bag (vB) should
(c) v2/3g (d) 3v2/4g be such that:
72. A ring of 1 kg mass and 1 m radius is moving forward with (a) vM vB
velocity 1 m/s by rolling without slipping in a horizontal
plane. Its kinetic energy would be : (b) vM vB
I G 2
2 Ma 2 I G
(a) (b)
2 mg sin 2 Mg sin
I G 2 IG
(c) (d) 2 Mg sin
2 Mg sin
79. A loop and a disc have the same mass and roll without
slipping with the same linear velocity v. If the total K.E. of
the loop is 8 J, the K.E. of the disc must be :
(a) 6 J (b) 8 J
(c) 12 J (d) 16 J (a) MvRk
Particle (b) Mvk
80. A particle of mass m is projected with a velocity v making
an angle of 45° with the horizontal. The magnitude of the 2 R 2
i R k
angular momentum of the projectile about the point of (c) Mv
projection when the particle is at maximum height h is
3 2 R 2
(a) zero (b) mv / 4 2 g i R k
(d) Mv
3 3
(c) mv / 2 g (d) m / 2 gh
Torque relation and Angular Impulse
81. When a mass is rotating in a plane about a fixed point its
angular momentum is directed along 85. A penguin of mass m falls from rest at point A. A horizontal
(a) The radius distance d from the origin O
(b) the tangent to orbit
Q A
(c) line at an angle of 45° to the plane of rotation d
(d) the axis of rotation
82. A mass M is moving with constant velocity parallel to penguin
x–axis. Its angular momentum with respect to origin.
(a) is zero (b) remain constant
(c) goes on increasing (d) goes on decreasing
(A) What is the angular momentum of the falling penguin
83. A projectile is projected at certain angle. The angular
about O
momentum about origin will
(B) What torque does the weight mg acting on the penguin
(a) always increase
exert about the origin O
(b) always decrease
(a) 0 for (A) mu2/R for (B) where R is the height of A from
(c) will first increase then decrease
ground.
(d) Remain constant
(b) 0 for (A) and 0 for (B)
84. A conical pendulum consists of a mass M suspended from
a strong sling of length l. The mass executes a circle of (c) mg td for (A) and mgd for (B)
radius R in a horizontal plane with speed v. At time t, the (d) Since angular momentum and torque both vary
mass is at postion Ri and has vj velocity. At time t, the continuously so it is not possible to calculate them
angular momentum vector of mass M about the point from 86. Angular momentum of the particle rotating with a central
which the string passes on the ceiling is force is constant due to
(a) constant force
(b) constant linear momentum
(c) zero torque
ROTATIONAL MOTION 189
Mm Mm
(a) 1 (b) 1
M m
5 7
(a) 2 mR 2 (b) 3 mR 2
M M
(c) 1 (d) 1
9
(c) 2 mR 2
3
(d) 2 mR 2 M 4m M 2m
(c) w / 5 (d) w/5
95. A rigid horizontal smooth rod A B of mass 0.75 kg and
(a) L, only if v0 = 0r length 40 cm can rotate freely about a fixed vertical axis
through its midpoint O. Two ring each of mass 1 kg initially
(b) greater than L, if v0 > 0r
at rest at a distance of 10 cm from O on either side of the
(c) less than L is v0 > 0r
rod. The rod is set in rotation with an angular velocity of
(d) L, for all values of 0 and v0 30 radians per sec. and when the rings reach the ends of
Angular Momentum Conservation the rod, the angular velocity in rad/sec. is
90. A stone attached to one end of a string is revolved around (a) 5 (b) 10
a stick so that the string winds upon the stick and gets
shortened. What is conserved. (c) 15 (d) 20
(a) angular momentum (b) linear momentum 96. A rigid spherical body is spinning around an axis without
(c) K. E. (d) None of these any external torque. Due to changes in temperature, the
91. A particle of mass m is attached to a light string which volume increases by 1%. Its angular speed will
passes through a hollow tube. The tube is held by one (a) increase approximately by 1%
ROTATIONAL MOTION 190
(b) decrease approximately by 1% centre of mass), total energy and velocity of centre of
mass by , E and v0 respectively, after the collision which
(c) decrease approximately by 0.67%
of the following is incorrect
(d) decrease approximately by 0.33%
2m
97. A solid sphere is rotating in free space. If radius of the v
sphere is increased keeping mass same which one of the C
following will not be affected ? 8m
(a) Moment of inertia (b) Angular momentum 2a a 2a a
2v
(c) Angular velocity (d) Rotational kinetic energy m
98. A cubical block of side a is moving with velocity v on a (a) v0 = 0 (b) = (3v/5a)
horizontal smooth plane as shown in figure. It hits a ridge (c) = v/5a (d) E = 3mv2/5
at point O. The angular speed of the block after it hits O is: 102. A stick of length L and mass M lies on a frictionless horizontal
a surface on which it is free to move in any way. A ball of mass
a v m moving with speed v collides elastically with the stick as
M O shown in the figure. If after the collision the ball comes to
rest, then what should be the mass of the ball ?
3v 3v L
(a) (b)
4a 2a
(c) 3 v 2 a (d) Zero
99. In the following figure a massive rod AB is held in
horizonatial position by two massless strings. If the string
m
at B breaks and if the horizontal acceleration of centre of
(a) m = 2 M (b) m = M
mass, vertical acceleration and angular acceleration of rod
(c) m = M/2 (d) m = M/4
about the centre of mass are ax, ay and a, respectively, then
103. A mass m is moving at speed v perpendicular to a rod of
length d and mass M = 6 m which pivots around a frictionless
axle running through its centre. If strikes and sticks to the
end of the rod. The moment of inertia of the rod about its
2
centre is Md /12. Then the angular speed of the system just
(a) 2 3a y 3a 2ax (b) 3a y 3a ax after the collision is :
4 2 2
A B 1
(a) the x–axis is m
3
3 4
(b) the z–axis is m
2
O 3
D C 2
(c) and axis parallel to the z–axis and passing through a
10
(a) I1 + I2 (b) I3 + I4 corner is m 2
3
(c) I1 + I3 (d) I1 + I2 + I3 + I4
where I1, I2, I3 and I4 are respectively moments of inertia 5 2
about axes 1, 2, 3 and 4 which are in the plane of the plate. (d) one side is m
3
105. A pair of uniform identical wires are bent into semicircular
107. A circular disc of mass M1 and radius R1 initially moving
rings, and then glued together so that the two rings have
with an angular speed 0 about the horizontal centroidal
a common centre but the planes of the semicircles are
axis is brought in contact with another stationary circular
mutually perpendicular as shown in the figure :
disc of mass M2 and radius R2 as shown in the figure.
Note that B is the common mid–point of the semicircular
rings. While O is the centre of the rings. If m is the total
mass of the system and R is the radius of the rings. Which
of the following statements is true.
E
A O C
B
axis
(a) Moment of inertia of the system about the axis OB is
given by mR2
(b) Moment of inertia of the system about the axis OB is
given by mR2/2 (a) Friction force decelerates the disc M1 and accelerates
(c) Radius of gyration of the system about the axis OB is the disc M2.
(b) The final angular speeds of the discs are in the ratio
given by R / 2
1 R 1
(d) Radius of gyration of the system about the axis OB is .
2 R 2
given by R.
106. Four identical rods, each of mass m and length l, are joined (c) The angular momentum of the system (M1 + M2) is
to form a rigid square frame. The frame lies in the xy plane, conserved about the point of contact.
with its centre at the origin and the sides parallel to the x (d) The final rotational energy is less than the initial
and y axis. Its moment of inertia about. rotational energy.
ROTATIONAL MOTION 192
(d) The kinetic energy of the system will change by
t 2 dA 2L dA L
I (c) (d)
dt m dt 2m
109. In the figure, the disc D does not slip on the surface S. The 112. A ring rolls without slipping on the ground. Its centre C
pulley P has mass, and the string does not slip on it. The moves with a constant speed u. P is any point on the ring.
string is wound around the disc.
The speed of P with respect to the ground is v.
D P (a) 0 < v < 2 u
(b) v = u, if CP is horizontal
S B
(c) v = u, if CP makes an angle of 30° with the horizontal
and P is below the horizontal levels of C
(a) The acceleration of the block B is double the
acceleration of the centre of D (d) v 2 u , if CP is horiztonal.
(b) The force of friction exerted by D on S acts to the left
113. The disc of redius r is confined to roll without slipping at A
(c) The horizontal and the vertical sections of the string and B. If the plates have the velocities shown then:
have the same tension
(d) The sum of the kinetic energies of D & B is less than
the loss in the potential energy of B as it move down.
110. A disc of circumference s is at rest at a point A on a
horizontal surface when a constant horizontal force begins
to act on its centre.
(a) Angular velocity of the disc is 2V/r
Force (b) Linear velocity, V0 = V
B
(c) Angular velocity of the disc is 3V/2r
A s
(d) None of these
Between A and B there is sufficient friction to prevent 114. A ring (R), a disc (D), a solid sphere (S) and a hollow sphere
slipping, and the surface is smooth to the right of with thin walls (H), all lhaving the same mass but different
B. AB = s. The disc moves from A to B in time T. To the radii, start together from rest at the top of an inclined plane
right of B– and roll down without slipping. Then:
(a) the angular acceleration of the disc will disappear,
(a) all of them will reach the bottom of the incline together
linear acceleration will remain uncharged
(b) the body with the maximum radius will reach the bottom
(b) linear acceleration of the disc will increase
ROTATIONAL MOTION 193
first angular velocity of the disc
Mv3 B
(a) zero (b) 2g
4 A 37° C
PASSAGE - 1
Two rods 1 and 2 are released from rest as shown in figure.
Given : l1 = 4l, m1 = 2m, l2 = 2l and m2 = m. There is no
friction between the two rods. If be the angular
(a) angular momentum is constant about O acceleration of rod 1 just after the rods are released. Then :
(b) angular momemtum is constant about C
1
(c) vertical component of angular mementum about O is
constant 2
(d) magnitude of angular momentum about O is constant
A B
118. A horizontal disc rotates freely about a verical axis through
l
its centre. A ring, having the same mass and radius as the
disc, is now gently placed on the disc. After some time, 120. What is the normal reaction between the two rods at this
the two rotate with a common angular velocity, then: instant ?
(a) some friction exists between the disc and the ring 4 m
(b) the angular momentum of the “disc plus ring” is (a) 16 3 m (b)
3
conserved
rd
(c) the final common angular velocity is 2/3 of the initial 32 m
(c) (d) 12 3 m
3 3
ROTATIONAL MOTION 194
32 12 3 16 2 3 A
(a) m (b)
3 3 3
(c) 14 2 3 m (d) 3 m V0 = 10 m/s
122. What is initial angular acceleration of rod 2 in terms of the
B
given parameters in the question ?
PASSAGE - 4
123. The reaction at hinge 1, before hinge 2 breaks, is In the given figure, a uniform solid sphere is released on the
(a) 24 N (b) 12 N top of a fixed inclined plane of inclination 37° and height ‘h’.
It rolls without sliding.
(c) 11 N (d) 10 N
124. The reaction at hinge 1, just after breaking of hinge 2, is
(a) 20 N (b) 10 N
(c) 5 N (d) 0
125. The acceleration of the end point of rod of small mass dm at
the end point of rod, when the rod becomes vertical is
2 2
(a) 30 m/s (b) 20 m/s 130. The acceleration of the centre of the sphere is
2
(c) 10 m/s (d) 0
3g 4g
(a) 5 (b) 5
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 126 to Q. 129
PASSAGE - 3 4g 3g
(c) 7 (d) 7
Rod AB of length 20 m is moving on an smooth horizontal
ROTATIONAL MOTION 195
131. The speed of the point of contact of the sphere with the Statement-II : The moment of inertia of hard boiled egg is
inclined plane when the sphere reaches the bottom of the more as compared to raw egg.
incline is (a) A (b) B
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 133 to Q. 135 137. Statement–I : Angular velocity is a characteristic of the
rigid body as a whole.
PASSAGE - 5 Statement-II : Angular velocity may be different for
A hollow sphere is released from the top of an inclined plane different particles of rigid body about the axis of rotation.
of inclination . (a) A (b) B
133. What should be the minimum coefficient of friction between (c) C (d) D
the sphere and the plane to prevent sliding? 138. Statement 1 : A uniform thin rod of length L is hinged
about one of its end and is free to rotate about the hinge
6 4
(a) tan (b) tan without friction. Neglect the effect of gravity. A force F is
5 5
applied at a distance x from the hinge on the rod such that
force always is perpendicular to the rod. As the value of x
2 1
(c) tan (d) tan is increased from zero to L, the component of reaction by
5 5
hinge on the rod perpendicular to length of rod increases.
134. Find the kinetic energy of the sphere as it moves down a Statement 2 : Under the conditions given in statement 1
length l on the incline if the friction coefficient is half the as x is increased from zero to L, the angular acceleration
value calculated in problem 131. of rod increases.
9 (a) A (b) B
(a) mg sin (b) 7 mg sin
5 8 (c) C (d) D
139. Statement 1 : A rigid disc rolls without slipping on a fixed
3 5
(c) mg sin (d) mg sin rough horizontal surface with uniform angular velocity.
8 8
Then the acceleration of lowest point on the disc is zero.
Assertion Reason Statement 2 : For a rigid disc rolling without slipping on
a fixed rough horizontal surface, the velocity of the lowest
(A) Statement–I is True, Statement–II is True; Statement–II point on the disc is always zero.
is a correct explanation for Statement–I.
(a) A (b) B
(B) Statement–I is True, Statement–II is True; Statement–2 is (c) C (d) D
NOT a correct explanation for Statement–I. 140. Statement–1: A solid sphere is rolling on a rough horizontal
(C) Statement–I is True, Statement–II is False. surface. Accerleration of contact point is zero.
Statement–2: A solid sphere can rool on the smooth
(D) Statement–I is False, Statement–II is True.
surface.
135. Statement-I : The hard boiled egg and raw egg can be (a) A (b) B
distinguished on the basis of spinning of both.
(c) C (d) D
ROTATIONAL MOTION 196
Statement–2: Work done by friction in pure rolling motion
is zero.
(b) Acceleration of point B (q) a R 2 2 R 2
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
(c) Acceleration of point C (r) a R 2 2 R 2
144. Statement–1: Torque is equal to rate of change of angular
momentum.
(d) Acceleration of point D (s) a R R
2 2 2
Statement–2: Angular momentum depends on the moment
of inertia and angular velocity. 147. In each situation of column–I, a uniform disc of mass m
(a) A (b) B and radius R rolls on a rough fixed horizontal surface as
shown. At t = 0 (initially) the angular velocity of disc is 0
(c) C (d) D
and velocity of centre of mass of disc is v0 (in horizontal
Match the following direction). The relation between v0 and 0 for each situation
145. In Column I information about the force(s) acting on a body and also initial sense of rotation is given for each situation
are mentioned, while in Column II information about the in column–I. The match the statements in Column–I with
motion of a body is given. Match the entries of Column II the corresponding results in column–II.
with the entries of Column I. Column–I Column–II
Column I Column II
(a) A single force throug (p) Rotational motion (a) (p) The angular momentum of
centre of mass v0 disc about point A remains
O conserved.
(b) Equal and opposite (q) Translational motion A
forces separated by
non-zero distance (b) (q) The kinetic energy of disc
(c) Equal and opposite (r) No motion after it starts rolling
v0 without slipping is less
forces acting at same O
than its initial kinetic enegy.
A
point
(d) A single force not (s) Centre of mass performs
ROTATIONAL MOTION 197
151. A rigid body rotates about a fixed axis. Its angular velocity
is varibale and is given by – t, where and are
(c) (r) In the duration disc rolls
constants and t is the time. The angle through which it
with slipping, the friction
v0
O acts on disc towards left. 2
rotates before coming to rest is given by , where I is
A I
an integer. Find I.
(d) (s) In the duration disc rolls
152. The figure shows a thin ring of mass M = 1 kg and radius
with slipping, the friction
R = 0.4 splinning about a vertical diameter (Take I =
v0 acts on disc for sometime
O to right and for sometime 1 2
A MR ). A small bead of mass m = 0.2 kg can slide without
to left. 2
friction along the ring. When the bead is at the top fo the
ring, the angular velocity is 5 rad/s. What is the angular
Interger Type Questions
velocity when the bead slips halfway to the horizontal
148. A man whose mass is 75 kg holds the 25 kg mass. The ( = 45°).
platform on which the man is standing is suspended by
two ropes at A and two ropes at B. Determine the tension
in one of the ropes at A as shown in figure m
R
A B 153. A body rotating at 20 rad/s is acted upon by a constant
2
25 kg torque providing it a deceleration of 2 rad/s . At what time
will the body have kinetic energy same as the initial value
Man 75 kg
if the torque continues to act ?
1m 2m 154. If the square of the velocity of a body sliding down an
2 2
incline is 160 (m /sec ), find the approximate velocity of a
149. A smooth solid sphere of weight 1000 N is supported by ring of same mass at the bottom which rolls down this
2
incline (in m/sec) (g = 10 m/sec )
the light frame OAB as shown in figure. The frame is
hinged at O. Determine the reactions at A, B and C. 155. A uniform ring of mass m, radius R, and centre C lies at rest
on a smooth horizontal table. An impulse of mv 7 is given
to a point P on the circumference hroizontally to move in a
300 mm
direction at 60° to PC. Find the initial speed of point P
O (* × 10 m/sec).
156. A particle of mass m and velocity v0 is fired at a solid
600 mm
A C cylinder of mass M and radius R. The cylinder is initially
D = 300 mm
at rest and is mounted on a fixed horizontal axle that runs
through the centre of mass. The line of motion of the
B particle is perpendicular to the axle and at a distance d,
less than R, from the centre.
150. The angular velocity of the rotation of a disc as a function (a) Find the angular speed of the system just after the
of time is given by = 2 + 6t. The disc is homogeneous particle strikes and sticks to the surface of the cylinder.
with a radius 0.2 m and mass 5 kg. It rotates around an axis (b) Is mechanical energy conserved in this process ?
passing through its cnetre. Find the tangential force Explain your answer.
applied to the rim of the disc (in N).
ROTATIONAL MOTION 198
(b) 0.70 m from mass of 0.7 kg
1 2
(c) 0.98 m from mass of 0.3 kg (a) MR (b) MR2
2
(d) 0.98 m from mass of 0.7 kg
5. A mass m is moving with a constant velocity along a line 3 2
parallel to the x-axis, away from the origin. Its angular (c) MR (d) 2 MR2
2
momentum with respect to the origin :
ROTATIONAL MOTION 199
10. A cubical block of side L rests on a rough horizontal surface
with coefficient of friction . A horizontal force F is applied
on the block as shown. If the coefficient of friction is
sufficiently high, so that the block does not slide before (a) (b)
toppling, the minimum force required to topple the block is:
(IIT-JEE 2000) t t
F
L
(c) (d)
(a) infinitesimal (b) mg/4 t t
(c) mg/2 (d) mg (1–) 14. Consider a body, shown in figure, consisting of two
identical balls, each of mass M connected by a light rigid
11. A thin wire of length L and uniform linear mass density rod. If an impulse J = Mv is imparted to the body at one of its
is bent into a circular loop with centre at O as shown. The end, what would be its angular velocity ? (IIT-JEE 2003)
moment of inertia of the loop about the axis XX is :
(IIT-JEE 2000) L
M M
X X'
90°
O J = Mv
A C
F
hA hC
B (a) f = mg [where f is the frictional force]
(b) F = N [where N is the normal force]
(a) hA > hc; KB > Kc (b) hA > hc; Kc > KA
(c) F will not produce torque
(c) hA = hc; KB = Kc (d) hA < hc; KB > Kc
(d) N will not produce torque
ROTATIONAL MOTION 201
h 3 3 8 3 h 3 3 16 3
(c) , f N (d) ,f N
l 16 3 l 16 3
ASSERTION REASONS
(A) If Statement–I is true, Statement–II is true; Statement–II is
the correct explanation for Statement–I.
(a) always radially outwards.
(B) If Statement–I is true, Statement–II is true; Statement–II is
(b) always radially inwards. not a correct explanation for Statement–I.
(c) radially outwards initially and radially inwards later. (C) If Statement–I is true; Statement–II is false.
(d) radially inwards initially and radially outwards later. (D) If Statement–I is false; Statement–II is true.
27. A ring of mass M and radius R is rotating with angular 29. Statement–I : Two cylinders, one hollow (metal) and the
speed about a fixed vertical axis passing through its other solid (wood) with the same mass and identical
dimensions are simultaneously allowed to roll without
M
centre O with two point masses each of mass at rest slipping down an inclined plane from the same height. The
8
hollow cylinder will reach the bottom of the inclined plane
at O. These masses can move radially outwards along first.
two massless rods fixed on the ring as shown in the figure.
Statement–II : By the principle of conservation of energy,
8 the total kinetic energies of the both the cylinders are
At some instant the angular speed of the system is
9 identical when they reach the bottom of the incline.(2008)
3 (a) A (b) B
and one of the masses is at a distance of R from O. At
5 (c) C (d) D
ROTATIONAL MOTION 202
COMPREHENSION
PASSAGE - 1 y
Two discs A and B are mounted coaxially on a vertical axle.
The discs have moments of inertial I and 2I respectively
about the common axis. Disc A is imparted an initial angular
velocity 2 using the entire potential energy of a spring
d
compressed by a distance x1. Disc B is imparted an angular
velocity by a spring having the same spring constant R v0
and compressed by a distance x2. Both the discs rotate in
the clockwise direction. x
x1 33. The net external force acting on the disk when its centre
30. The ratio is (IIT-JEE 2007) of mass is at displacement x with respect to its equilibrium
x2
position is (IIT-JEE 2008)
(a) 2 (b) 1/2 (a) – kx (b) – 2kx
(c) 2 (d) 1 / 2 kx 4 kx
31. When disc B is brought in contact with disc A, they acquire (c) (d)
3 3
a common angular velocity in time t. The average frictional
34. The centre of mass of the disk undergoes simple harmonic
torque on one disc by the other during this period is
motion with angular frequency equal to (IIT-JEE 2008)
(IIT-JEE 2007)
2 I 9 I k 2k
(a) (b)
(a) 3 t (b) 2 t M M
2k 4k
9 I 3 I (c) 3 M (d) 3 M
(c) 4 t (d) 2 t
35. The maximum value of v0 for which the disk will roll without
32. The loss of kinetic energy during the above process is :
slipping is (IIT-JEE 2008)
(IIT-JEE 2007)
I 2 I 2 M M
(a) (b) (a) g (b) g 2 k
2 3 k
I 2 I 2
(c) (d)
4 6 3M 5M
(c) g (d) g 2 k
PASSAGE - 2 k
A uniform thin cylindrical disk of mass M and radius R is PARAGRAPH 1
attached to two identical massless springs of spring A frame of reference that is accelerated with respect to an
constant k which are fixed to the wall as shown in the inertial frame of reference is called a non-inertial frame of
figure. The springs are attached to the axle of the disk reference. A coordinate system fixed on a circular disc
diammetrically on either side at a distance d from its centre. rotating about a fixed axis with a constant angular velocity
The axle is massless and both the springs and the axle are in is an example of a non-inertial frame of reference. The
a horizontal plane. The unstretched length of each spring relationship between the force Frot experienced by a
is L. The disk is initially at its equilibrium position with its particle of mass m moving on the rotating disc and the
centre of mass (CM) at a distance L from the wall. The
force Fin experienced by the particle in an inertial frame of
disk rolls without slipping with velocity v 0 v 0 î . The reference is
coefficient of friction is .
Frot Fin 2m v rot m r
ROTATIONAL MOTION 203
axis k̂ . A small block of mass m is gently placed in m
a 2a
the slot at r R / 2 ˆi at t = 0 and is constrained to move
3v
only along the slot. (a) vC = 0 (b)
5a
v 3
(c) (d) E mv 2
5a 5
39. The torque on a body a bout a given point is found to
be equal to A L, where A is a constant vector and L is
angular momentum of the body about that point. From
this it follows that (IIT-JEE 1998)
dL
36. The distance r of the block at time t is (a) is perpendicular to L at all instants of time
dt
R R 2 t
(a)
2
cos2t (b)
4
e e 2 t (b) the component of L in the direction of A does not
change with time
R R t (c) The magnitude of L does not change with time
(c)
2
cos t (d)
4
e e t
(d) L does not change with time
37. The net reaction of the disc on the block is 40. A solid sphere is in pure rolling motion on an inclined
(a) m R sin t ˆj mg kˆ
2 surface having inclination (IIT-JEE 2006)
(b) – m2 R cos t ˆj mg kˆ
1 2 t
(c) m R e e
2
t ˆ
j mg kˆ
1 2 2 t
(d) m R e e
2
2 t ˆ
j mg kˆ (a) frictional force acting on sphere is f = mg cos
(b) f is dissipative force
OBJECTIVE QUESTION (One or more than one correct answer)
(c) friction will increase its angular velocity and decrease
38. Uniform bar of length 6 a and mass 8 m lies on a smooth its linear velocity
horizontal table. Two point masses m and 2 m moving in
(d) If decreases, friction will decrease
the same horizontal plane with speed 2v and v respectively,
strike the bar [as shown in the figure] and stick to the bar
ROTATIONAL MOTION 204
42. A sphere is rolling without slipping on a fixed horizontal
(b) The angular momentum L with respect to the origin
plane surface. In the fig., A is the point of contact. B is
the centre of the sphere and C is its topmost point. Then, is given by L = – (5/3) k̂ N m s
(IIT 2009)
(c) The force F is given by F ˆi 2ˆj N
C
(d) The torque with respect to the origin is given by
B (20 / 3)kˆ Nm
45. Consider a body of mass 1.0 kg at rest at the origin at
time t = 0. A force F = ti+B j is applied on the body,,
A
(a) v C v A 2 v B v C (b) v C v B v B v A
where = 1.0 Ns -1 and = 1.0 N The torque acting
(c) | v C v A | 2 | v B v C | (d) | v C v A | 4 | v B | on the body about the origin at time t = 1.0 s is .
Which of the following statements is (are) true?
43. Two thin circular discs of mass m and 4m, having radii (2018)
of a and 2a, respectively, are rigidly fixed by massless,
1
rigid rod of length l 24 a through their centers. (a) = Nm
3
This assembly is laid on a firm and flat surface, and set
(b) The torque is in the direction of the unit vector +
rolling without slipping on the surface so that the angular
speed about the axis of the rod is . The angular k
momentum of the entire assembly about the point ‘O’ is (c) The velocity of the body at t = 1 s is
1
L (see the figure). Which of the following statement(s)
is(are) true? (2016) 2
v iˆ 2 ˆj ms 1
(d) The magnitude of displacement of the body at t = 1
1
s is m
6
FILL IN THE BLANKS
46. A uniform cube of side a and mass m rests on a rough
horizontal table. A horizontal force F is applied normal to
one of the faces at a point that is directly above the centre
of the face, at a height 3a/4 above the base. The minimum
(a) The magnitude of the z-component of L is 55 ma2
value of F for which the cube begins to tip about the edge
(b) The magnitude of angular momentum of the assembly is ............... (Assume that the cube does not slide).
about its center of mass is 17 ma2 /2 (IIT-JEE 1984)
ROTATIONAL MOTION 205
TRUE/FALSE
52. A triangular plate of uniform thickness and density is made
to rotate about an axis perpendicular to the plane of the
paper and 2.6 m A
(a) passing through A,
1.0 m
(b) passing through B, by the application of the same
force, F, at C (mid–point of AB) as shown in the figure. B
ROTATIONAL MOTION 206
0.08 kg are moving on the same surface and towards the
bar in a direction perpendicular to the bar one with a X
velocity of 10 m/s, and the other with 6 m/s, as shown in
figure. The first particle strikes the bar at points A and the 30°
other at point B.
10 m/s A
(a) Find the tension in the string during the motion.
(b) At a certain instant of time the magnitude of the
angular velocity of Y is 10 rad s–1. Calculate the
B
distance travelled by X from that instant of time untill
6 m/s
it comes to rest.
Points A and B are at a distance of 0.5 m from the centre of 61. Two uniform rods A and B of length 0.6 m each and of
the bar. The particles strike the bar at the same instant of masses 0.01 kg and 0.02 kg respectively are rigidly joined
time and stick to the bar on collision. Calculate the loss of
end to end. The combination is pivoted at the lighter end,
kinetic energy of the system in the above collison process.
(IIT-JEE 1989) P as shown in figure. Such that it can freely rotate about
58. A carpet of mass M made of inextensible material is rolled point P in a vertical plane. A small object of mass 0.05 kg,
along its length in the form of a cylinder of radius R and is moving horizontally, hits the lower end of the combination
kept on a rough floor. The carpet starts unrolling without and sticks to it. What should be the velocity of the object,
sliding on the floor when a negligibly small push is given so that the system could just be raised to the horizontal
to it. Calculate the horizontal velocity of the axis of the
position. (IIT-JEE 1994)
cylindrical part of the carpet when its radius reduces to R/2.
(IIT-JEE 1990) P
59. A homogeneous rod AB of length L = 1.8 m and mass M is
pivoted at the centre O in such a way that it can rotate A
freely in the vertical plane (figure). The rod is initially in
the horizontal position. An insect S of the same mass M
falls vertically with speed v on the point C, midway B
between the points O and B. Immediately after falling, the
insect moves towards the end B such that the rod rotates
with a constant angular velocity . (IIT-JEE 1992)
62. A rectangular rigid fixed block has a long horizontal edge.
S
A solid homogeneous cylinder of radius R is placed
v horizontally at test with its length parallel to the edge
such that the axis of the cylinder and the edge of the
×
block are in the same vertical plane as shown in figure.
A O C B
L/2 L/4 L/4
There is sufficient friction present at the edge, so that a
very small displacement causes the cylinder to roll off
(a) Determine the angular velocity in terms of v and L. the edge without slipping. Determine: (IIT-JEE 1995)
(b) If the insect reaches the end B when the rod has turned
through an angle of 90°, determine v.
60. A block X of mass 0.5 kg is held by a long massless string
on a frictionless inclined plane of inclination 30° to the R
horizontal. The string is wound on a uniform solid
cylindrical drum Y of mass 2 kg and of radius 0.2 m as
shown in figure. The drum is given an initial angular
ROTATIONAL MOTION 207
disc through their centres. This object is kept on a truck in C R/4
such a way that the axis of the object is horizontal and P Q
perpendicular to the direction of motion of the truck. It
friction with the floor of the truck is large enough, so that Initially the disc is held vertical with the point A at its
the object can roll on the truck without slipping. Take highest position. It is then allowed to fall, so that it starts
x–axis as the direction of motion of the truck and z–axis as rotation about PQ. Find the linear speed of the particle as
the vertically upwards direction. If the truck has an it reaches its lowest position. (IIT-JEE 1998)
acceleration 9 m/s2, calculate (IIT-JEE, 1997) 66. A man pushes a cylinder of mass m1 with the help of a
plank of mass m2 as shown. There is no slipping at any
contact. The horizontal component of the force applied
by the man is F. Find : (IIT-JEE 1999)
O
F m2
20cm m1
(a) the force of friction on each disc and
(b) the magnitude and direction of the frictional torque (a) the acceleration of the plank and the centre of mass
acting on each disc about the centre of mass O of the of the cylinder and
object. Express the torque in the vector form in terms (b) the magnitudes and directions of frictional forces at
contact points.
of unit vectors î , ĵ and k̂ in x, y and z–directions.
67. A rod AB of mass M and length L is lying on a horizontal
64. A uniform disc of mass m and radius R is projected frictionless surface. A particle of mass m travelling along
horizontally with velocity v0 on a rough horizontal floor, the surface hits the end A of the rod with a velocity v0 in a
so that it starts off with a purely sliding motion at t = 0. direction perpendicular to AB. The collision is elastic. After
After t0 seconds, it acquires purely rolling motion as shown the collision the particle comes to rest. (IIT-JEE 2000)
in figure. (IIT-JEE 1997) (a) Find the ratio m/M.
(b) A point P on the rod is at rest immediately after
collision. Find the distance AP.
v0 (c) Find the linear speed of the point P a time L/3v0 after
the collision.
t = 0 t = t0 68. Two heavy metallic plates are joined together at 90° to
each other. A laminar sheet of mass 30 kg is hinged at the
(a) Calculate the velocity of the centre of mass of the line AB joining the two heavy metallic plates. The hinges
disc at t0. are frictionless. The moment of inertia of the laminar sheet
about an axis parallel to AB and passing through its centre
(b) Assuming the coefficient of friction to be , calculate
of mass is 1.2 kg–m2. Two rubber obstacles P and Q are
t0. Also calculate the work done by the frictional force
ROTATIONAL MOTION 208
78. Two identical uniform discs roll without slipping on two
different surfaces AB and CD (see figure) starting at A
and C with linear speeds v1 and v2, respectively, and always
remain in contact with the surfaces. If they reach B and D
with the same linear speed and v1 = 3 m/s then v2 in m/s is
(g = 10 m/s2) (2015)
76. A uniform circular disc of mass 1.5 kg and radius 0.5 m is
initially at rest on a horizontal frictionless furface. Three
forces of equal magnitude F= 0.5 N are applied
simultaneously along the three sides of an equilateral
triangle XYZ with its vertices on the perimeter of the disc
(see figure). One second after applying the forces, the
angular speed of the disc in rad s–1 is (2014)
79. A ring and a disc are initially at rest, side by side, at the
top of an inclined plane which makes an angle 60 o with
the horizontal. They start to roll without slipping at the
same instant of time along the shortest path. If the time
difference between their reaching the ground is
2 - 3 s, then the height of the top of the inclined plane,
10
in metres, is ______. Take g = 10 ms–2. (2018)
ROTATIONAL MOTION 210
ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (a)
10. (c) 11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c)
19. (c) 20. (c) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (d)
28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a) 31. (d) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (c)
37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (a) 41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (a)
46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (d) 52. (b) 53. (c) 54. (c)
55. (c) 56. (b) 57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (a) 61. (b) 62. (b) 63. (b)
64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (c) 68. (d) 69. (d) 70. (b) 71. (c) 72. (c)
73. (a) 74. (b)
10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d)
19. (a) 20. (d) 21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b)
28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a, c) 31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (b)
37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b) 41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (b)
46. (a) 47. (a)
128. (a) 129. (b) 130. (d) 131. (c) 132. (b) 133. (c) 134. (b) 135. (c) 136. (a)
137. (c) 138. (d) 139. (d) 140. (d) 141. (b) 142. (b) 143. (b) 144. (b)
145. (A Q; B P; C R; D P, Q, S) 146. (A Q); (B S); (C R); (D P)
1000 500
147. (A P, Q, R); (B P, Q, R); (C P, Q); (D P, Q, R) 148. R A N, R B N
3 3
1000 1000
149. ( R A N, R C N, R B 1000 N ) 150. (0003) 151. (0002) 152. ( = 3.6 rad/s)
3 3
mv 0 d
153. (20 s) 154. (0009) 155. (0002) 156. (a) , (b) No
1 2
R M 2m
2
2 M0 1 2 mg dx xW
46. mg 47. M 6 m 48. MRA 49. –3 50. , up 51. W, 52. False 53. False
3 3 6 d d
mv 30
54. False 55. in a direction perpendicular to paper inwards. 56. 2.13 m, yes 57. 2.72 J
2 2g
14 Rg 12 v
58. v 59. (a) , (b) 3.5 ms–1 60. (a) 1.63 N, (b) 1.22 m 61. 6.3 m/s
3 7L
4 4 gR
62. (a) cos
1
7
, (b)
7
, (c) 6
63. (a) 6 î , (b) 0.6 k̂ ĵ , 0.6 ĵ k̂ , 0.85 N–m
v0 2
2
64. (a) v 0 , (b) 3 g , For t < t0, Wf =
m gt
3 gt 2v 0 , mv 0 65. 5 gR
3 2 6
4F 8F 3 Fm1 Fm1 1 2 v0
66.(a) a CM 3m 8m , a plank 3m 8m , (b) 3m 8m , 3m 8m 67. (a) , (b) L , (c)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 2
F 2
68. (a) 0.1 m, (b) 1 rad/s, (c) sheet will never come to rest 69. (a) 3 m2 , (b) Fnet x , Fnet y 3 m2 70. g sin
4 3
Mm
71. 0009 72.0004 73. 0008 74. f g cot 75. (0004) 76. (0002) 77. (0006)
2
78. (0007) 79. 0.75
Dream on !!
05
GRAVITATION
GRAVITATION 213
Gravitation
1. INTRODUCTION
The constitutents of the universe are galaxy, stars, planets, Where r̂12 is a unit vector drawn from particle m1 to
comets, asteriods, meteroids. The force which keeps them
particle m2.
bound together is called gravitational force. Gravitation is
a nature phenomenon by which material objects attract
Similarly, the force F12 exerted on particle m1 by particle
towards one another.
m2 is given by
In 1687 A.D. English Physicist, Sir Isaac Netwon published
principia Mathematica, which explains the inverse-square mm
F12 G 1 2 2 rˆ12 ...(ii)
law of gravitation. r
2. NEWTON’S LAW OF GRAVITATION Where r̂12 is a unit vector drawn from particle m1 to
2. 1 Defintion particle m2
Every particle of matter attracts every other particle of From (i) and (ii)
matter with a force which is directly proportional to the
F12 F21
product of their masses and inversely proportional to the
square of the distance between them.
3. UNIVERSAL CONSTANT OF GRAVITATION
Fr 2
Universal gravitation constant is given as, G =
m1 m 2
m1m 2 2
F newton metre Nm2
r2 SI unit : 2
=
kilogram kg 2
m1m 2
F G CGS Unit : dyne cm /gm
2 2
r2
Where G is the universal constant of gravitation. 3.2 Value of G
–11 2 2
2.3 Vector Form G = 6.67 × 10 Nm /kg
Dimensions of G
In vector form, Newton’s law of gravitation is represented
in the following manner. The force F21 exerted on particle
[G] =
F r 2
=
M1L1T 2 M 0 L2 T 0
mm
–1
= [M L T ]
3 –2
GM
gh ...(ii)
2
R h
1. The gravitational force is independent of the intervening
Dividing eq (ii) by eq (i), we get,
medium.
2. The gravtional force is a conservative force. gh R2
3. The force exerted by the first particle on the second is g R h 2
exactly equal and opposite to the force exerted by the
second particle on the first.
R2
4. The gravitational force between two particles act along gh 2
g
the line joining the two particles and they from an action- R h
reaction pair.
4.2 Acceleration due to gravity at a very small height
4. VARIATION IN ‘g’ 2
Rh
gh g
4.1 The Acceleration due to Gravity at a height h above R
the Earth’s surface 2
h
g 1
Let M and R be the mass and radius of the earth and g be R
the acceleratio due to gravity at the earth’s surface.
Suppose that a body of mass m is placed on the surface of 2h h 2
the earth. g 1 2 ........
R R
The weight ‘mg’ of the body is equal to the gravitational
If h << R, then neglecting high power’s of ‘h’ we get,
force acting on it.
2h
GMm g h g 1
mg R
R2
4.3 Effect of depth on a acceleration due to Gravity
GM
g 2 ...(i) Also g in terms of
R
Now suppose that the body is raised to a height h, above GM
g
the earth’s surface, the weight of the body is now mgh and R2
GMm If is density of the material of earth, then
the gravitational force acting on it is 2
R h 4 3
M R
3
4
G R 3
g 3
R2
4
g GR ...(i)
3
Let gd be acceleration due to gravity at the point B at a
depth x below the surface of earth. A body at the point B
will experience force only due to the portion of the earth of
radius OB (R – d). The outer spherical shell, whose
GMm
mg h thickness is d, will not exert any force on body at point B.
2
R h Because it will acts as a shell and point is inside.
GRAVITATION 215
2
g A g’ = g – r cos
Now, r = R cos (where R is the radius of the earth)
g' B d 2
Then g’ = g – (R cos ) cos
R M 2 2
g’ = g – R cos
R–d
M' The effective acceleration due to gravity at a point ‘P’ is
O given by,
2 2
g’ = g – R cos .
Thus value of ‘g’ changes with ‘’ and ‘’
1. At poles,
= 90,
2 2
4 3 g’ = g – R cos 90.
Now, M R x
3 g’ = g
This is maximum acceleration due to gravity.
4
or gd G R d ...(ii) 2. At equator
3
= 0,
Dividing the equation (ii) by (i), we have 2 2
g’ = g – R cos 0
2
4 g’ = g – R
G R d d
gd 3 R d
or g d g 1 ...(iii) This is minimum acceleration due to gravity.
g 4 R R
GR
3
B
O depth altitude
R
r P
5. SATELLITE
R mg
R
5.1 Definition
2. A satellite made and launched into circular orbit by man is 1. If the velocity of the projection is less than the critical
called an artificial satellite. The first satellite was launched velocity then the satellite moves in elliptical orbit, but the
by USSR named SPUTNIK–I and the first Indian satellite point of projection is apogee and int he orbit, the satellite
was ‘ARYABHATTA’. comes closer to the earth with its perigee point lying at
180°. If it enters the atmosphere while coming towards
5.2 Minimum two stage rocket is used to project
perigee it will loose energy and spirally comes down. If it
a satellite in a cirular orbit round a planet does not enters the atmosphere it will contiune to move in
Suppose that a single stage launching system (i.e. a rocket), elliptical orbit.
carrying satellite at its tip, is used to project the satellite 2. If the velocity of the projection is equal to the critical velocity
from the surface of the earth. When the fuel in the rocket then the satellite moves in circular orbit round the earth.
is ignited, the rocket begins to move upwards. The rocket 3. If the velocity of the projection is greater than the critical
attains maximum velocity when all the fule is exhausted. velocity but less than the escape velocity, then the satellite
1. If the maximum velocity attained by the rocket is equal to moves in elliptical orbit and its apoagee, or point of greatest
or greater than the escape velocity, the rocket overcomes distance from the earth, will be greater than projection
the eath’s gravitational influence and escapes into space height.
alogn with the satellite. 4. If the velocity of the projection is equals to the escape
3. If the maximum velocity attained by the rocket is less velocity, then the satellite moves in parabolic path.
escape velocity, the rocket cannot overcome the earth’s 5. It the velocity of the projection is greater than the escape
gravitational influence and both the rocket and the satellite velocity, then orbit will hyperbolic and will escape the
eventually fall on the earth’s surface due to gravity. gravitational pull of the earth and continue to travel
Thus a single stage rocket is unable to launch a satellite in infinitely.
a circular orbit round the earth. Therefore a launching
system (i.e. a rocket) having two or more stages must be 6. ORBITAL VELOCITY
used to launch a satellite in a circular orbit round the earth.
6.1 Definition
5.3 Different cases of Projection
The horizontal velocity with which a satellite must be
When a satellite is taken to some height above the earth projected from a point above the earth’s surface, so that it
and then projected in the horizontal direction, the following revolves in a circular orbit round the earth, is called the
four cases may occur, depending upon the magnitude of orbital velocity of the satellite.
the horizontal velocity.
6.2 An Expression for the Critical Velocity of
a Satellite revolving round the Earth
GMm
The gravitational force acting on the satellite is 2 ,
R h
where M is the mass of the earth and G is the constant of
gravitation.
For circular motion,
Centrifugal force = Centripetal force
mvc2 GMm
,
R h R h 2
GM
GM vc ...(i)
vc r
R h If T is the period of revolution of the satellite,
This expression gives the critical velocity of the satellite. circumference of orbit 2r
Period (T)
From the expression, it is clear that the critical velocity critical velocity vc
depends upon.
2r
1. Mass of the earth T ...(From i)
GM
2. Radius of earth and r
3. Height of the satellite above the surface of the earth.
r3
T 2
7. PERIOD OF REVOLUTION OF A SATELLITE GM
The time taken by a satellite to complete one revolution This expression gives the periodic time of the satellite.
round the earth is called its period or periodic time (T). Squaring the expression, we get
Consider a satellite of mass m revolving in a circular orbit
4 2 r 3
with a orbital velocity vc at a height h above the surface of T2
GM
the earth. Let M and R be the mass and the radius of the
2 3
earth respectively. The radius (r) of the circular orbit of the T r ...(since G and M are constants)
satellite is r = R + h. Thus, the square of the period of revolution of a satellite
For the circular motion, is directly proportional to the cube of the radius of its
orbit.
GRAVITATION 218
GRAVITATION 219
8. GRAVITATIONAL FIELD point is equal to the potential energy of a unit mass placed
at that point.
The space surrounding any mass is called a gravitational
feld. If any other mass is brought in this space, it is acted 3. If a small point mass m is placed in a gravitational field at a
upon by a gravitational force. In short, the space in which point where the gravitational potential is V, the gravitational
any mass experiences a gravitational force, is called a potential energy (P.E.) of the mass m is given by.
gravitational field. P.E. = mass × gravitational potential
= mV
9. GRAVITATIONAL INTENSITY
The gravitational intensity at any point in a gravitational GMm
P.E.
field is defined as the force acting on a unit mass placed at r
that point.
10.1 Gravitational Potential Energy
1. The gravitational intensity (E) at a point at distrance r
Gravitational potential energy of a body at a point is
from a point mass M is given by
defined as the work done in bringing the body from infinity
GM to that point.
E (Where G is the constant of gravitation.)
r2 Let a body of mass m is displaced through a distance ‘dr’
towards the mass M, then work done given by,
2. If a point mass m is placed in a gravitational field of intensity
E, the force (F) acting on the mass m is given by r
GMm GMm
F = mE. dW F dr
r2
dr dW
r2
dr
3. Total Energy and 4. Binding energy (B.E.) : From the expression for the total
4. Binding energy energy, it is clear that if the satellite is given energy equal
GMm
U
R
GMm
If the body is give an energy equal to , it will
R
escape to infinity.
GMm
Binding energy of the body =
Gm1m 2 R
U
r
11. ESCAPE VELOCITY OF A BODY
GMm
U 11.1 Expression for the escape velocity of
Rh
a body at rest on the earth’s surface
2. Kinetic energy (K.E.) : The satellite is revolving in a
circular orbit with the critical velocity (vc). Hence its kinetic The minimum velocity with which a body should be
energy is given by, projected from the surface of the earth, so that it escapes
from the earth’s gravitational field, is called the escape
1
K.E. m vc2 velocity. Thus, if a body or a satellite is given the escape
2
velocity, its kinetic energy of projection will be equal to its
GM binding energy.
But vc
Rh Kinetic Energy of projection = Binding Energy.
1 GM GMm 1 GMm
K.E. m mve2
2 R h 2R h 2 R
3. Total energy (T.E.)
2GM
T. E = P.E. + K.E. ve
R
GMm GMm GMm
11.2 Expression for ‘Ve’ in terms’s of ‘g’
R h 2R h 2R h
The escape velocity for any object on the earth’s surface
The –ve sign indicates that the satellite is bound to the is given by.
earth.
GRAVITATION 221
2GM 1 GMm
ve mve2
R 2 2
Let M and R be the mass and radius of the earth and m be 5. For studying of solar and cosmic radations.
the mass of the body. When orbiting close to the earth’s
13. WEIGHTLESSNESS
surface, the radius of the orbit is almost equal to R. If vc is
the critical velocity of the body, then for a circular orbit. 1. The gravitational force with which a body is attracted
Centripetal force = Gravitational force towards the centre of earth is called the weight of body.
Weightlessness is a moving satellite is a feeling. It is not
GMm due to weight equal to zero.
mv c2
R2 2. When an astronaut is on the surface of earth, gravitational
force acts on him. This gravitational force is the weight of
GM astronaut and astronant exerts this force on the surface of
vc ...(i)
R earth. The surface of earth exerts an equal and opposte reaction
and due to this reaction he feels his weight on the earth.
If ve is the escape velocity from the earth’s surface,
3. for an astronaut in an orbiting satellite, the satellite and
K.E. of projection = Binding energy astronaut both have same acceleration towards the centre
GRAVITATION 222
of earth and this acceleration is equal to the acceleration due to (The shaded areas are equal). Naturally the planet has to
gravity of earth. move faster from C to D.
4. Therefore astronaunt does not produce any action on the
floor of the satellite. Naturally the floor does not exert any
force of reaction on the astronaut. As there is no reaction,
the astronaut has a feeling of weightlessness. (i.e. no sense
of his own weight).
mv 2 GMm GM
2
v2
R R R
The distance of closest approach with sun at F1 is AS. Substituting Value in above equation
This distance is called perigee. The greatest distance (BS)
of the planet from the sun is called apogee. GM 4 2 R 2 2 4 2 R 3
or T
Perigee (AS) = AO – OS = a – ea = a (1 – e)
R T2 GM
apogee (BS) = OB + OS = a + ea = a (1 + e) 4 2
Since is constant,
14.2 Law of Area GM
The line joining the sun and a planet sweeps out equal
areas in equal intervals of time. A planet takes the same T2
T 2 R 3 or constant
time to travel from A to B as from C to D as shown in figure. R3
GRAVITATION 223
The satellite is placed upon the rocket which is launched from the earth. After the rocket reaches its maximum vertical height
h, a spherical mechanism gives a thrust to the satellite at point A (figure) producing a horizontal velocity v. The total energy
of the satellite at A is thus,
1 GMm
E mv 2
2 Rh
The orbit will be an ellipse (closed path), a parabola, or an hyperbola depending on whether E is negative, zero, or positive. In all cases
the centre of the earth is at one focus of the path. If the energy is too low, the elliptical orbit will intersect the earth and the satellite will
fall back. Otherwise it will keep moving in a closed orbit, or will escape from the earth, depending on the values of v and R.
Hence a satellite carried to a height h (<< R) and given a horizontal velocity of 8 km/sec will be placed almost in a circular orbit
around the earth (figure). If launched at less than 8 km/sec, it would get closer and closer to earth until it hits the ground. Thus
8 km/sec is the critical (minimum) velocity.
SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example - 1
Sol. Following are the basic conditions :
Gravitational force is a weak force but still it is considered (i) The rocket must take the satellite to a suitable height above
the most important force. Why ? surface of earth.
Sol. Gravitational force plays an important role for initiating the (ii) From the desired height, the satellite must be projected with
birth of stars, for controlling the entire structure of the a suitable speed, called the orbital speed.
universe and evolution of the universe. It helped to explain (iii) In the orbital path of satellite, the air resistance should be
many natural phenomena. negligible so that its speed does not decrease and it does
Example - 2 not burn due to the heat produced.
Sol. We know that earth revolves from west to east about its Sol. The distance between moon and earth is very small as
polar axis. Therefore, all the particles on the earth have compared to the distance between earth and sun. Since, the
velocity from the west to east. This velocity is maximum in tidal effect on oscen water of earth is inversely proportional
the equatorial line, as v = R , where R is the radius of earth to the cube of the distance, therefore, tidal effect on oscen
and is the angular velocity of revolution of earth about its water due to moon is larger than that due to sun.
polar axis. When a rocket is launched from west to east in Example - 14
equatorial plane, the maximum linear velocity is added to
Why does a body lose weight at the centre of the earth ?
the launching velocity of the rocket, due to it, launching
becomes easier. Sol. The weight of the body is the force with which the body is
Example - 10 attracted by the earth towards its centre. Quantitatively, the
The escape speed of the projectile on the earth’s surface weight of body of mass m is equal to mg. Where g is the
is ve. A body is projected out with thrice of this speed. acceleration due to gravity. At the centre of earth, g = 0, so
What is the speed of the body after crossing the weight of body is zero at the centre of earth.
gravitational field of the earth ? Ignore the presence of Example - 15
Sun and the another planets.
Explain, why a tennis ball bounces higher on hills than in
Sol. The speed with which the projectile is projected, v = 3 ve. plains.
Let. m be the mass of the projectile and v0 be the speed of
projectile after crossing the gravitational field. Using law of Sol. Let u be the velocity of the tennis ball with which it bounces
conservation of energy, we have at a place, where acceleration due to gravity is g’. The ball
will go up till its velocity becomes zero. If h is the height
1 1 1 upto which the ball rises up at a place, then initial K.E. of
mv02 mv2 mve2 or v02 v 2 ve2
2 2 2 ball is equal to final P.E. of ball at highest point. i.e.,
2 1 u2
or v 0 v 2 v e2 3v e v e2 2 2 v e mu 2 m g h or h
2 2 g
Example - 11
As acceleration due to gravity (g’) on hill is less than that
Will 1 kg sugar be more at poles or at the equator. on the surface of earth (due to altitude effect), so the tennis
ball will bounce higher on hills than on plains.
Sol. The value of g is larger at the poles than at the equator. If
Example - 16
the sugar is weighed in a physical balance then there will be
no difference. If it is weighed by a spring balance, calibrated Air friction increases the velocity of the satellite. Explain.
at the equator, then 1 kg of sugar will have a lesser amount
Sol. If a statellite of mass m is revolving in a circular orbit of
at poles.
radius r, with speed v around the earth of mass M, the
Example - 12 centripetal force is provided by the gravitational pull, i.e.,
Sol. The weight of the body at the centre of earth will be zero Example - 22
because g = 0 there. The weight of the body will increase in Why is gravitational potential energy negative ?
moving from the centre of the surface of earth (due to
increase in g) and becomes maximum at the surface of earth. Sol. Because it arises due to attractive forces.
In moving above the surface of earth, the weight of body
will decrease (due to decrease in g) and at one place, where Example - 23
the gravitational attractions of earth and moon are equal Why do different planets have different escape speeds ?
and opposite, the weight will become zero. Beyond this up
to moon, the gravitational attraction of the moon becomes
Sol. As, escape speed = 2 GM / R , therefore its values are
prominent, hence the weight of body will go on increasing.
different for different planets which are of different masses
Example - 18
and different sizes.
If an earth satellite moves to a lower orbit there issome
dissipation of energy, and yet its speed increases. Explain. Example - 24
Sol. The orbiting satellite loses kinetic energy due to atmospheric What is the sense of rotation of stationary satellite around
friction. Therefore, in a particular orbit, the gravitational the earth ?
attraction on the satellite becomes greater than the force
required to keep the satellite in that orbit. Due to it, the Sol. West to East.
satellite moves down towards the earth into a lower orbit. In Example - 25
the lower orbit the potential energy decreases (becomes The distances of two planets from the Sun are 10 and
13
vP
A
P rP rA
S
vA
C G
mPvPrP = mPvArA
B C
v P rA
or
vA rP Sol. (i) Refer figure, the gravitational force on mass 2 m at G due
to mass at A is,
Since, rA > rP, so vP > vA.
Am
Here, area SBAC is greater than area SCPB. As the areal
velocity of a planet is constant around the sun, i.e., equal
areas are swept in equal time. Hence planet will take longer
F1
time to traverse BAC than CPB.
Example - 27 G
D E
Gravitational force between a point masses m and M 30° 30°
separated by a distance is F. Now if a point mass 3 m is F2 F3
m m
placed next to m, what will be the (a) force on M due to m H C
B
(b) total force on M ?
m 2m 2
Sol. (a) If r is the distance between two point masses m and M, F1 G = 2 G m along GA
12
then the gravitational force on m due to mass M is
Gravitational force on mass 2 m at G due to mass at B is,
GM m
F . m2m
r2 F2 G 2
= 2 G m along GB.
12
Since, the gravitational force between two point masses is
Gravitational force on mass 2 m at G due to mass at C is,
independent of the presence of other masses, so if a point
mass 3 m is placed next to m, the force on M due to m2m 2
F3 G = 2G m along GC.
12
GM m
mF
r2 Draw DE parallel to BC passing through point G. Then EGC
= 30° = DGB.
(b) Total force on body of mass M is,
Resolving F2 and F3 into two rectangular components, we
GM m 3m
F have
r2
F2 cos 30° along GD and F2 sin 30° along GH; F3 cos 30°
4 GM m along GE and F3 sin 30° along GH.
4F
r2 Here, F2 cos 30° and F3 cos 30° are equal in magnitude and
GRAVITATION 228
2m 2m 2
Sol. Here, h = 16 km, R = 6400 km.
F1 G = 4 G m along GA
12
2h 2 hg
The resultant force on mass 2 m at G due to masses at A, B Now g g 1 g or g – g’ = 2gh/R.
R R
and C is = F1 – (F2 sin 30° + F3 sin 30°)
mg mg g g
% decrease in weight = 100 100
1 1 mg g
4 G m2 2 G m2 2G m2
2 2
2 gh 16
= 2 G m along GA 100 2 100 = 0.5%.
gR 6400
Example - 29
A planet whose size is the same and mass 4 times as that of Example - 32
Earth, find the amount of energy needed to lift a 2 kg mass How much below the surface does the acceleration due to
vertically upwards through 2m distance on the planet. The gravity become 70% of its value on the surface of Earth.
–2 6
value of g on the surface of Earth is 10 ms . Radius of Earth = 6.4 × 10 m.
Sol. Let M, R be the mass and radius of earth. Therefore, mass of Sol. Here g’/g = 70/100 = 7/10 and d = ?
planet M’ = 4 M and radius of planet R’ = R
Let g, g’ be the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of d g d 7 d
Now g g 1 ; 1 or 1
earth and planet respectively. Then, R g R 10 R
GM GM G 4 M d 7 3
g 2
and g or 1
R R 2 R2 R 10 10
–2
= 4 g = 4 × 10 = 40 m s
3R 3 6.4 106
Energy needed to lift the body = mg’ h = 2 × 40 × 2 = 160 J or d
10 10
Example - 30 6
= 1.92 × 10 m
A body weighs 64 N on the surface of Earth. What is the
gravitational force on it due to the Earth, at a height equal Example - 33
to half the radius of Earth. Acceleration due to gravity on Calculate that imaginary angular velocity of the earth for
–2
the surface of Earth is 10 ms . which effective acceleration due to gravity at the equator
becomes zero. In this condition, find the length (in hours)
Sol. Weight of body = mg = 64 N –2
of a day ? Radius of earth = 6400 km. g = 10 ms .
g 10 –3 –1 a
or = 1.25 × 10 rad s . Thus, OA = OB = OC =
R 6400 103 3
New time period of rotation of earth The gravitational intensity at O due to mass m at A is,
g 10 Gm Gm
IA along OA.
= 5024 s = 1.4 h. OA
2
R 6400 103 a/ 3
Example - 34 Similarly the gravitational intensity at O due to mass m at B
Two bodies of masses 100 kg and 10,000 kg are at a distance is,
1m apart. At which point on the line joining them will the
resultant gravitational field intensity is zero ? Gm Gm
IB 2
2 along OB
OB a / 3
Sol. Let x be the distance of the point P from 100 kg body where
the resultant gravitational intensity is zero.
and gravitational intensity at O due to mass m at C is,
Gravitational intensity at P due to body of mass 100 kg is
equal and opposite to that due to body of mass 10,000 kg. Gm Gm
IC along OC.
Hence, OC
2 2
a / 3
G 100 G 10, 000
As IA, IB and IC are equal in magnitude and equally inclined
x2 1 x
2
to each other, the resultant gravitational intensity at O is
or
2
10 x = (1 – x)
2 zero.
F IA E 6 3 6
Sol. Here, r = R + h = 6.4 × 10 + 600 × 10 = 7.0 × 10 m;
O 24
m = 300 kg; M = 6 × 10 kg;
–11 2 –2
IB IC G = 6.67 × 10 Nm kg .
m m
B D C 1 1 Gm
(i) K.E. of satellite = mv2 m
2 2 r
2 2
OA AD (AB sin 60°)
3 3 1
300
6.67 1011 6 1024 9
= 8.7 × 10 J
2 7 106
2 3 3 a
a a (ii) P.E. of the satellite
3 2 2 3
GRAVITATION 230
Example - 38
=–
11
24
GM m 6.67 10 6 10 300 What is the minimum energy required to launch a satellite
r 7 106 of mass m kg from the earth’s surface of radius R in a
= – 17.4 × 10 J
9 circular orbit at an altitude of 2 R ?
9 9
(iii) Total energy = K.E. + P.E. = 8.7 × 10 + (– 17.4 × 10 ) Sol. Energy of satellite on the surface of earth
9
= – 8.7 × 10 J
GM m mg R 2
If the earth shrinks suddenly to half its radius (R becomes) E1 mg R ...(i)
R/2) but distance r remains unchanged, then the answer will R R
not alter. If v is the velocity of the satellite at the distance 2R from the
Example - 37 surface of the earth, then total energy of the satellite
Find the potential energy of a system of four particles 1 GM m
2
each of mass m placed at the vertices of a square of side l. E2 = K.E. + P.E. = 2 mv 2R R ...(ii)
Also obtain the potential at the centre of the square.
Orbital velocity of satellite,
Sol. Refer to figure.
A l B GM GM
v or v2
2R R 3R
So, 1 mv 2 GM m
l l 2 6R
O
GM m GM m GM m mg R
E2
6R 3R 6R 6
D l C
Minimum energy required to launch the satellite is
AC = BD = l 2
1 5
2 = E2 – E1 = mgR + mg R mg R .
OA = OB = OC = OD = 6 6
2 2
Example - 39
Using superposition principle, total potential energy of the
A remote sensing satellite of the Earth in a circular orbit at
system of four particles placed at the vertices A, B, C and D
a height of 400 kg above the surface of Earth. What is the
of a square is
(a) orbital speed, and (b) period of revolution of satellite ?
6
Radius of Earth = 6 × 10 m and acceleration due to gravity
G m m G m m G m m 2
U at the surface of Earth is 10 m/s .
AB BC AC
6 2
Sol. Here, R = 6 × 10 m; g = 10 m/s ;
G m m G m m G m m 3 6
h = 400 × 10 m = 0.4 × 10 m
AD BD CD
g 10
4 G m 2 2G m 2 2 G m 2 1 (a) Orbital speed, v R 6 106
2 Rh 6 106 0.4 106
2 2
3
= 7.5 × 10 m/s.
5.414 Gm 2
2 R h
3
(b) Period of revolution, T
R g
Total Gravitational potential at the centre O of the square is
3
V
G m 4 4 Gm
4 2
Gm
.
2 22 / 7 6 10 6
0.4 10 6 = 5368.5 s
OA / 2 6 10 6 10
GRAVITATION 231
Example - 40 Example - 43
An Earth satellite has time period of 90 minutes. Assuming A saturn year is 29.5 times the Earth year. How far is the
8
the orbit to be circular, calculate its height. Given, radius of Saturn from the sun if the Earth is 1.50 × 10 km away from
–2
Earth = 6380 km, g at the surface of Earth = 9.8 ms . the Sun ?
Sol. Here, T = 90 minutes = 90 × 60 s = 5400 s; Sol. As we know from the Kepler’s third law
6 –2
R = 6380 km = 6380 × 1000 m = 6.38 × 10 m; g = 9.8 ms .
T12 R13
1
T22 R 32
g R 2T2 3
We know, h 2 R
4 2/3 2/3
T 29.5
R 2 R1 2
1.5 108
1 T1 1
9.8 6.38 106 2 5400 2 3
6.38 106 8
2 = (1.5 × 10 ) × 9.547
4 22 / 7
= 14.32 × 10 km.
8
6
= 6.652 × 10 – 6.380 × 10 = 2.72 × 10 m.
6 5 Example - 44
Two bodies of masses m1 and m2 are placed at a distance ‘r’
Example - 41
a part. Show that the position where the gravitational field
Determine the escape speed of Moon. Given, the radius of due to them is zero, the potential is given by
6 22
Moon is 1.74 × 10 m, its mass is 7.36 × 10 kg. Does your
answer throw light on why the Moon has no atmosphere ? –G (m1 + m2 + 2 m1m2 / r.
–11 2 –2
G = 6.67 × 10 N m kg .
Sol. Consider the two bodies A and B of masses m1 and m2
6 22
Sol. Here, R = 1.74 × 10 m; M = 7.36 × 10 kg; produce zero resultant gravitational field at C, where AC = x.
–11 2 –2
G = 6.67 × 10 Nm kg , ve = ? We have, BC = (r – x)
–1 –1
= 2375 ms = 2.38 km s .
m1 m2
Since, the average thermal speed of the gas molecules like or
oxygen, hydrogen etc. on the surface of Moon is greater x r x
–1
than the escape speed of moon (= 2.38 km s ), hence these
gases have escaped from the surface of Moon and Moon or (r –x) m1 x m 2
has no atmosphere.
Example - 42 r m1
or x
Assuming the Earth to be a sphere of uniform mass density, m1 m 2
how much would a body weigh half way down to the centre
of the Earth if it weighed 250 N on the surface ?
r m1
and r x r
d d m1 m 2
Sol. As gd = g 1 mgd = mg 1
R R
R r m2
Here, d =
2 m1 m 2
R
1 2 1
Hence, mgd = (250) × 250 = 12.5 N. 1 m1 m 2
R 2 Thus,
x r m1
GRAVITATION 232
1 m1 m 2 h
and 0.414
R
r x r m2
3
h = 0.414 × 6400 × 10
Gravitational potential at P
h = 6400 × 414
2
Gm1 Gm2 h = 414 × 64 × 10
m1 m 2
G 2
h = 26496 × 10 m
x r x x r x
3
h = 2649.6 × 10 m
h = 2649.6 km
G m1
m1 m 2 m 2 m1 m 2
Example - 46
r m1 r m1
At a certain height above the surface of the earth the
gravitational acceleration is 90% of its value at the earth’s
G surface. Determine that height above the earth’s surface.
r
m1
m1 m 2 m 2
m1 m 2
(Radius of the earth is 6400 km).
G 2
r
m1 m 2 2 m1m 2 .
R
Sol. g h g
Rh
Example - 45
2
At what height from the surface of earth the value of gh R
acceleration due to gravity will fall to half that on the surface g Rh
of the earth (radius of earth R = 6400 km)
2
9 R
Sol. Given :
3
10 R h
R = 6400 km = 6400 × 10 m
Rh 10
1
gh = g R 9
2
To Find : h = ? Rh 1
= AL [log 10 – log 9]
We have, R 2
2
R Rh 1
gh g = AL 0.0458
Rh R 2
gh R2 Rh
= AL = [0.0229]
g R h 2 R
2 Rh
1 R = 1.054
R
2 Rh
RhR
R 1 = 1.054 – 1
R
Rh 2
h
Rh = 0.054
2 R
R
h = 0.054 × 6400
RhR h = 64 × 5.4
1.414 1
R h = 345.6 km
GRAVITATION 233
Example - 47 2
1 4 9.8
Calculate the acceleration due to gravity at the surface of g2
6 80
the earth (radius of earth R = 6.4 × 10 m, means density of
3
the earth = 5.5 × 103 kg/m )
16 9.8
g2
Sol. We have, 80
2 2
GM = gR g2 = 1.96 m/s
GM Example - 49
g ...(1)
R2 Find the height of a satellite from the surface of the earth
–11 2 2
whose critical velocity is 5 km/s. (G = 6.67 × 10 Nm /kg
24
M mass of earth M = 6 × 10 kg and radius of earth
V R = 6400 km).
M=×V
GM
4 Sol. vc
R 3 Rh
...(2)
3
GM
substituting (2) in (1) vc2
Rh
G 4 3
g R GM
R2 3 Rh
v2c
4R G
g
3 6.67 1011 6 1024
Rh
25 106
4 3.142 6.4 106 5.5 103 6.67 1011
3 40.02 1013 106
Rh
25
12.568 35.2 6.67 102 7
g R + h = 1.6008 × 10
3 7
h = (1.6008 × 10 ) – R
–2
g = 4.189 × 35.2 × 6.67 × 10 h = 1.6008 × 10 – 6400 × 10
7 3
–2
g = AL [log 4.189 + log 35.2 + log 6.67] × 10 h = 16.008 × 10 – 6.4 × 10
6 6
6
g AL 0.6229 1.5465 0.8241 2.9927 102 h = 9.608 × 10 m
–2 h = 9608 km
g = 983.3 × 10
2
g = 9.833 m/s Example - 50
Calculate the critical speed of a satellite orbiting close to the
Example - 48 2
earth’s surface. (Radius of the earth R = 6400 km, g = 9.8 m/s ).
Find the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the
moon. Given that the mass of the moon is 1/80 times that of Sol. The satellite is orbiting very lose to the surface of the
the earth and the diameter of the moon is 1/4 times that of earth
2
the earth (g = 9.8 m/s ).
R+h R
1
vc AL log 9.8 log 6.4 103 1
2 AL log 66.7 log 5.98 log 8 103
2
1
vc AL 0.9912 0.8062 1.7974 103 1
2 AL 1.8241 0.776700.9031 1.6977 103
2
3
1 = AL [0.8488] × 10
vc AL 1.7974 103 3
2 = 7.06 × 10 m/s
3
vc = 7.920 × 10 m/s = 7.06 km/s
vc = 7.920 km/s Hence the body will not revolve round the earth.
Example - 52
Example - 51
A satellite is revolving around the earth in a circular orbit
A body is raised to a height of 1600 km above the earth’s 7
at a distance of 10 m from its centre. Find the speed of
surface and projected with a horizontal velocity of 6 km/s. –11
the satellite. (G = 6.67 × 10 S.I. unit and mass of earth
Will it revolve around the earth as a satellite ? 24
–11
= 6 × 10 kg)
(G = 6.67 × 10 S.I. unit, radius of earth R = 6400 km, mass
24
of earth = 5.98 × 10 kg) GM
Sol.
Rh
Sol. In order that the body revolves in circular orbit round the
earth
6.67 1011 6 1024
Horizontal Velocity = Critical Velocity
107
GM
vc
Rh 6.67 6 1013 107
Example - 53
What would be the new period of rotation of the earth
6.67 5.98 1013
around the Sun if the distance between the earth and the
8000 103
sun is doubled ?
2 3
T2 2 2 T1 r1
T2 = 2 × 1.414 T2 r2
T2 = 2.828 years
2 3
T2 = 2.82 × 365 8 r1
= 1032 days 1 r2
Example - 54 r1 4
...(2)
A communication satellite is at a height of 36000 km from r2 1
earth’s surface. What will be its new period when it is
brought down to a height of 20,000 km (Radius of earth vc1 1
= 6400 km) ... from (1) and (2)
v c2 4
Sol. As per kepler’s law,
2 3 vc1 1
T r
vc2 2
2 3
T2 r2
Example - 56
T1 r1 Calculate the height of a communication satellite.
–11 2 2 24
2 3 (G = 6.67 × 10 Nm /kg ; mass of earth = 5.98 × 10 kg,
T2 26.4 6
24 42.4 radius of earth = 6.4 × 10 S.I. units).
T2 26.4
3/ 2
r3
Sol. T 2
24 42.4 GM
3 r3
T2 AL log 26.4 log 24 log 42.4 T 2 4 2
2 GM
T2 = AL [(2.1324 + 1.3802) – 2.4410]
T2 = AL [1.0716] T 2 GM
r3
4 2
T2 = 11.79 hours
v c1 r2 1
r AL 2.7604 3.1126 0.824 0.7767 17 1.5964
v c2 r1 ...(1) 3
GRAVITATION 236
1 Example - 58
r AL 22.8774 Determine the (a) K.E. (b) P.E. (c) total energy and (d)
3
binding energy of a satellite of mass 50 kg in a circular
r = AL (7.6258) orbit round the earth at a height of 600 km, above the
6 6
= 42.24 × 10 – 6.4 × 10 earth’s surface (Radius of earth R = 6400 km; mass of earth
24 –11
=R+h M = 6 × 10 kg, G = 6.67 × 10 S.I. units).
6
h = 42.24 × 10 – 6.4
6 GMm
= 42.24 × 10 m Sol. P.E.
6
Rh
h = 35.84 × 10 m
= 35840 km 6.67 6 50 1011 1024
Example - 57 7 106
Calculate the work done in mowing a body of mass 1000 kg
6.67 6 50 1013
a from a height R to a height 2R above the surface of
–11 2 2
the earth. (G = 6.67 × 10 Nm /kg , mass of the earth 7 106
24
M = 6 × 10 kg. Radius of earth R = 6400 km).
6.67 6 50
10 7
Sol. r1 = R + h1 7
=R+R ... (h1 = R)
6.67 30
=2R 108
7
r2 = R + h2 8
= – AL [(log 6.67 + log 30) – log 7)] × 10
= R + 2R ... (h2 = R) 8
= – AL {[0.8241 + 1.4771) – 0.8451]} × 10
=3R
W = P.E.2 – P.E.1 AL 2.3012 0.8451 108 = – 2.859 × 109 J
1 1 1
GMm
2
2.852 109
r1 r2
9
= 1.4295 × 10 J
GMm 1 1
GMm
R 2 3
T. E. = 2 R h
GMm 1
R 6 1 GMm
2 R h
6.67 1011 6 1024 103
Work done
6.4 106 6 1
P.E.
2
6.67 1013 103
6.4 1
10
2
2.852 109 = – 1.4295 × 109 J
= 1.042 × 10 J
GRAVITATION 237
GMm GMm
B.E. B.E. (for satellite at height h)
2R h 2R h
1 v e 10 10 6
AL 0.8241 0.7767 0.9031 2.5039 0.8062 108
2
ve 10 103
1
AL 2.5039 0.8062 1.6977 108
2 1
AL log10 103
2
1
AL 1.6977 108
2
1
v e AL 1.0000 103
1 2
4.985 109
2 3
= AL (0.5000) × 10
9
= 2.4925 × 10 J = 3.162 × 10
3
earth is 81 times the mass of the moon. The gravitational (c) (d)
force on the rocket will be zero, when its distance from the R2 R1
moon is Variation of acceleration due to gravity (with height and depth)
r r 9. Assuming that the earth is a sphere of radius R, at what
(a) (b) altitude will the value of the acceleration due to gravity be
20 15
half its value at the surface of the earth ?
r r
(c) (d) R
10 5 R
(a) h (b) h
4. A mass M is divided into two parts xm and (1 – x) m. For a 2 2
given separation, the value of x for which the gravitational
attraction between the two pieces becomes maximum is
(c) h 2 1 R (d) h 2 1 R
10. The height of the point vertically above the earth’s surface
1 3 at which the acceleration due to gravity becomes 1% of its
(a) (b)
2 5 value at the surface is (R is the radius of the earth)
(c) 1 (d) 2 (a) 8 R (b) 9 R
Acceleration due to gravity (c) 10 R (d) 20 R
–2
5. The acceleration due to gravity g on earth is 9.8 ms . What 11. The radius of the earth is about 6400 km and that of mars is
would the value of g for a planet whose size is the same as about 3200 km. The mass of the earth is about 10 times the
that of earth but the density in twice that of earth ? mass of mars. An object weighs 200 N on the surface of the
(a) 19.6 ms
–2
(b) 9.8 ms
–2 earth. Its weight on the surface of mars would be
(c) 4.9 ms
–2
(d) 2.45 ms
–2 (a) 6 N (b) 20 N
6. If both the mass and the radius of the earth decrease by 1%, (c) 40 N (d) 80 N
the value of the acceleration due to gravity will Variation of acceleration due to gravity (due to rotation of earth)
(a) decrease by 1% (b) increase by 1% 12. What must be the angular velocity of rotation of the earth
(c) increase by 2% (d) remain unchanged so that the effective acceleration due to gravity at the
4
equator is zero ? The radius of the earth = 64 × 10 m.
7. The acceleration due to gravity on earth of radius Re is ge
–3 –1 –3 –1
and that on moon of radius Rm is gm. The ratio of the masses (a) 3.3 × 10 rad s (b) 3.5 × 10 rad s
–3 –1 –3 –1
of the earth and the moon is given by (c) 3.7 × 10 rad s (d) 3.9 × 10 rad s
GRAVITATION 239
13. If a man at the equator would weigh (3/5)th of his weight, (a) The total energy of the system is zero.
the angular speed of the earth is
(b) The force between them is not zero.
Gm 2 19. A high jumper can jump 2.0 m on earth. With the same effort
(a) zero (b) 2 how high will he be able to jump on a planet whose density
a
is one-third and radius one-fourth those of the earth ?
2 Gm 2 3 Gm 2 (a) 4 m (b) 8 m
(c) (d)
a2 a2
(c) 12 m (d) 24 m
15. Infinite number of masses, each of mass m, are placed along
Potential Energy for multiple mass system
a straight line at distances of r, 2r, 4r, 8r, etc. from a reference
point O. The gravitational field intensity at point O will be 20. A body of mass m is raised to a height h above the surface
of the earth of mass M and radius R until its gravitational
5 Gm 4 Gm
(a) (b)
4r2 3r2 1
potential energy increases by mgR. The value of h is
3
3 Gm 2 Gm
(c) (d) (a) R/3 (b) R/2
2 r2 r2
Field due to continuous mass mR mR
(c) (d)
16. A mass m is placed in the cavity inside a hollow sphere of M m M
mass M as shown in the figure. What is the gravitational
21. The change in the gravitational potential energy when a
force on mass m?
body of mass m is raised to a height nR above the surface of
the earth is (here R is the radius of the earth)
n n
(a) mgR (b) mgR
n 1 n 1
mgR
GMm GMm (c) nmgR (d)
(a) (b) n
R2 r2
22. A body of mass m is placed on earth surface is taken to a
GMm height of h = 3R, then change in gravitation potential energy
(c) 2 (d) zero is
R r
Work and Potential Energy mgR 2
(a) (b) mgR
17. Two objects of masses m and 4m are at rest at infinite 4 3
separation. They move towards each other under mutual
gravitational attraction. Then, at a separation r, which of the 3 mgR
(c) mgR (d)
following is true ? 4 4
GRAVITATION 240
Escape velocity and Maximum height 29. The ratio of the escape velocity of an earth satellite to its
23. The masses and radii of the earth and moon are M1, R1 and orbital velocity is very nearly equal to
M2, R2 respectively. Their centres are a distance d apart. (a) (b) 2
2
The minimum speed with which a particle of mass m should
be projected from a point midway between the two centres (c) 1/2 (d) 1 / 2
so as to escape to infinity is given by Satellite Motion
1/ 2 1/ 2 30. An earth satellite is kept moving in orbit by the centripetal
G M1 M 2 G M1 M 2
(a) 2 (b) 2 force provided by
md d
(a) the burning of fuel in its engine
1/ 2 1/ 2 (b) the ejection of hot gases from its exhaust
G M1 M 2 G M1 M 2
(c) 2 (d) 2 (c) the gravitational attraction of the sun
md d
24. A rocket is launched vertically from the surface of the earth (d) the gravitational attraction of the earth
of radius R with an initial speed v. If atmospheric resistance 31. An instrument package is released from an orbiting earth
is neglected, the maximum height attained by the rocket is satellite by simply detaching it from the outer wall of the
given by satellite. The package will
(a) go away from the earth and get lost in outer space
R R
(a) h (b) h (b) fall to the surface of the earth
2gR 2gR
2 1 2 1
v v (c) continue moving along with the satellite in the same
orbit and with the same velocity
2gR 2gR (d) fall through a certain distance and then move in an orbit
(c) h R 2 1 (d) h R 2 1
v v around the earth.
25. The escape velocity of a body projected vertically upwards 32. A satellite is moving around the earth in a stable circular
from the surface of the earth is v. If the body is projected in orbit. Which one of the following statements will be wrong
a direction making an angle with the vertical, the escape for such a satellite ?
velocity would be (a) It is moving at a constant speed.
(a) v (b) v cos (b) Its angular momentum remains constant.
(c) v sin (d) v tan
(c) It is acted upon by a force directed away from the centre
–1
26. For earth the escape velocity is 11.2 kms . For a planet of the earth which counter balances the gravitational
whose mass and radius are twice those of the earth, the pull of the earth.
escape velocity will be (d) It behaves as if it were as freely falling body.
–1 –1
(a) 44.8 kms (b) 22.4 kms 33. Astronauts in a stable orbit around the earth are said to be
–1 –1 in a weightless condition. The reason for this is that
(c) 11.2 kms (d) 2.8 kms
(a) the capsule and its contents are falling freely at the same rate
27. The escape velocity from the earth is ve. What is the escape
velocity from a planet whose mass and radius are twice (b) there is no gravitational force acting on them
those of the earth ? (c) the gravitational force of the earth balances that of the sun
(a) ve (b) 2 ve (d) there is no atmosphere at the height at which they are orbiting.
(c) 4 ve (d) 16 ve
Orbital Velocity
28. A body is projected up with a velocity equal to 3/4 of the
escape velocity from the surface of the earth. The height it 34. Choose the wrong statement. The orbital velocity of a body
reaches is : (Radius of the earth = R) in a stable orbit around a planet depends upon
(a) the average radius of the planet
10 R 9R
(a) (b) (b) the height of the body above the planet
9 7
(c) the acceleration due to gravity
9R 10 R
(c) (d) (d) the mass of the orbiting body
8 3
GRAVITATION 241
36. Two satellites of masses 3M and M orbit the earth in circular 42. A satellite is launched into a circular orbit of radius R around
orbits of radii r and 3r respectively. The ratio of their speeds is the earth. A second satellite is launched into an orbit of
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 3 :1 radius 1.01 R. The period of the second satellite is longer
than that of the first by approximately
(c) 3 : 1 (d) 9 : 1
(a) 0.5% (b) 1.0%
37. The gravitational force between two objects is proportional
2 (c) 1.5% (d) 3.0%
to 1/R (and not as 1/R ) where R is separation between them,
then a particle in circular orbit under such a force would 43. If the distance between the earth and the sun were half its
have its orbital speed v proportional to present value, the number of days in a year would have been
41. A satellite of mass m is in a stable circular orbit around the (a) 1 : 16 (b) 1 : 4
earth at an altitude of about 100 kilometres. If M is the mass of (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 1
the earth, R its radius and g the acceleration due to gravity,
the time period T of the revolution of the satellite is given by
GRAVITATION 242
(d) move towards the earth power of distance. Then the time period of a planet in circular
5. The time period of a satellite of earth is 5 h. If the separation orbit of radius R around the sun will be proportional to (2004)
between the earth and the satellite is increased to 4 times the n 1 n 1
previous value, the new time period will become (2003) (a) R 2 (b) R 2
(a) 10 h (b) 80 h
n 2
(c) 40 h (d) 20 h
(c) Rn (d) R 2
6. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5M and radii R and 2R
respectively are released in free space with initial separation 12. Average density of the earth (2005)
between their centres equal to 12R. If they attract each other (a) is directly proportional to g
due to gravitational force only, then the distance covered (b) is inversely proportional to g
by the smaller body just before collision is (2003) (c) does not depend on g
(a) 2.5 R (b) 4.5 R
(d) is a complex function of g
(c) 7.5 R (d) 1.5 R
13. The change in the value of g at a height h above the surface
7. The escape velocity for a body projected vertically upwards of the earth is the same as at a depth d below the surface of
from the surface of earth is 11 km/s. If the body is projected earth. When both d and h are much smaller than the radius
at an angle of 45° with the vertical, the escape velocity will of earth, then which of the following is correct ? (2005)
be (2003)
(a) d = 2h (b) d = h
(a) 11 2 km / s (b) 22 km/s
h 3h
(c) d (d) d
(c) 11 km/s (d) 11 / 2 km / s 2 2
GRAVITATION 243
14. A particle of mass 10 g is kept on the surface of a uniform 20. Four particles, each of mass M and equidistant from each
sphere of mass 100 kg and radius 10 cm. Find the work to be other, move along a circle of radius R under the action of
done against the gravitational force between them to take their mutual gravitational attraction. The speed of each
the particle far away from the sphere. (2005) particle is (2014)
–11 2 2
(you may take G = 6.67 × 10 Nm /kg ) GM GM
(a) 2 2
R
(b)
R
1 2 2
(a) 6.67 × 10–9 J (b) 6.67 × 10–10 J
(c) 13.34 × 10–10 J (d) 3.33 × 10–10 J 1 GM GM
15. A planet in a distance solar system is 10 times more massive
(c)
2 R
1 2 2 (d)
R
than the earth and its radius is 10 times smaller. Given that
–1 21. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius R, a spherical
the escape velocity from the earth is 11 km s , the escape
portion of radius R/2 is removed, as shown in the figure.
velocity from the surface of the planet would be (2008) Taking gravitational potential V = 0 at r = , the potential
(a) 0.11 km s–1 (b) 1.1 km s–1 at the centre of the cavity thus formed is
(G = gravitational constant) (2015)
(c) 11 km s–1 (d) 110 km s–1
16. The height at which the acceleration due to gravity becomes
g
(where g = the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of
9
the earth) in terms of R, the radius of the earth is (2009)
5GmM 2GmM
(a) (b)
6R 3R
24. India’s Mangalyan was sent to the Mars by lauching it removed sphere is 3R, the gravitational force between the
into a transfer orbit EOM around the sun. It leaves the two spheres is: (2014 Online Set-3)
earth at E and meets Mars at M. If the semi-major axis of
Earths’s orbit is aE = 1.5 × 1011 m, that of Mar’s orbit aM =
2.28 × 1011 m, taken Kepler’s laws give the estimate of time
for Mangalyan to reach Mars from Earth to be close to:
(2014 Online Set-1)
41GM 2 59 GM 2
(a) (b)
450 R 2 450 R 2
41GM 2 GM 2
(c) (d)
3600 R 2 225 R 2
2G 2G
(a) 1 m 2 d m m 2 m1 d m m What is the value of g at the place ?
1 2 1 2
29. Which of the following most closely depicts the correct 32. If the Earth has no rotational motion, the weight of a person
variation of the gravitation potential V(r) due to a large on the equator is W. Determine the speed with which the
planet of radius R and uniform mass density ? earth would have to rotate about its axis so that the person
(figures are not drawn to scale) (2015 Online)
3
at the equator will weigh W. Radius of the Earth is 6400
4
km and g = 10m/s2. (2017 Online Set-1)
–3
(a) (b) (a) 1.1 × 10 rad/s
(b) 0.83 × 10–3 rad/s
(c) 0.63 × 10–3 rad/s
(d) 0.28 × 10–3 rad/s
33. The mass density of a spherical body is given by
(c) (d) k
(r) for r R and (r) 0 for r R, where r is the
r
distance from the centre.The correct graph that describes
30. Figure shows elliptical path abcd of a planet around the qualitatively the acceleration, a, of a test particle as a
function of r is : (2017 Online Set-2)
1
sun S such that the area of triangle csa is the area of the
4
ellipse. (See figure) With db as the semimajor axis, and ca
as the semiminor axis. If t1 is the time taken for planet to go
over path abc and t2 for path taken over cda then : (a) (b)
(2016 Online Set-1)
(c) (d)
(a) t1 = t2 (b) t1 = 2t2
(c) t1 = 3t2 (d) t1 = 4t2
31. An astronaut of mass m is working on a satellite orbiting, 34. A body of mass m is moving in a circular orbit of radius R
the earth at a distance h from the earth’s surface. The abut a planet of mass M. At some instant, it splits into two
radius of the earth is R, while its mass is M. The equal masses. The first mass moves in a circular orbit of
gravitational pull FG on the astronaut is:
R
(2016 Online Set-2) radius , and the other mass, in a circular orbit of
2
(a) Zero since astronaut feels weightless
3R
GMm radius . The difference between the final and initial
(b) 0 FG 2
R2
total energies is : (2018 Online Set-1)
GMm GMm
(c) FG GMm GMm
(R h)2 R2 (a) - (b) +
2R 6R
GMm
(d) FG GMm GMm
(R h) 2 (c) (d) -
2R 6R
GRAVITATION 246
35. Take the mean distance of the moon and the sun from the 36. Suppose that the angular velocity of rotation of earth is
increased. Then, as a consequence:
earth to be 0.4 ×106 km and 150 ×106 km respectively..
(2018 Online Set-3)
Their masses are 8 ×1022 kg and 2 ×1030 kg
(a) Weight of the object, everywhere on the earth, will
respectively. The radius of the earth is 6400 km. Let F1 increase.
be the difference in the forces exerted by the moon at the
(b) Weight of the object, everywhere on the earth, will
nearest and farthest points on the earth and F2 be the
decrease
difference in the force exerted by the sun at the nearest
(c) There will be no change in weight anywhere on the
and farthest points on the earth. Then, the number closest
earth.
F1
to F is : (2018 Online Set-1) (d) Except at poles, weight of the object on the earth will
2 decrease.
(a) 2 (b) 10-2 37. The relative uncertainty in the period of a satellite orbiting
around the earth is 10-2. If the relative uncertainty in the
(c) 0.6 (d) 6
radius of the orbit is negligible, the relative uncertainty in
the mass of the earth is : (2018 Online Set-3)
1g 1 R2 g1 1 R3
(c) g 2 (d) g 3
(c) 1.67 10
9
ˆi ˆj N (d) 3.34 10
10
ˆi ˆj N 2 R2 2 R2
4. Four particles of masses m, 2m, 3m and 4m are kept in 10. An iron ball and a wooden ball of the same radius are
sequence at the corners of a square of side a. The released from a height ‘h’ in vacuum. The time taken by
magnitude of gravitational force acting on a particle of both of them to reach the ground is
mass m placed at the centre of the square will be (a) Unequal (b) Exactly equal
13. Assume that the acceleration due to gravity on the surface 19. Suppose a vertical tunnel is dug along the diameter of
of the moon is 0.2 times the acceleration due to gravity on earth assumed to be a sphere of uniform mass having
the surface of the earth. If Re is the maximum range of a density If a body of mass m is thrown in this tunnel, its
projectile on the earth's surface, what is the maximum range
acceleration at a distance y from the centre is given by
on the surface of the moon for the same velocity of projection
(a) 0.2 Re (b) 2 Re
m
(c) 0.5 Re (d) 5 Re
Variation of acceleration due to gravity (with height and depth) y
18. At what distance from the centre of the earth, the value of 1
(a) 2 R / g (b) R/g
acceleration due to gravity g will be half that on the surface 2
(R = radius of earth)
1
(a) 2 R (b) R (c) 2 Rg (d) Rg
2
(c) 1.414 R (d) 0.414 R
GRAVITATION 249
(a) Must be variable (b) Must be constant 29. A particle of mass m is placed inside a spherical shell,
away from its centre. The mass of the shell is M.
(c) Cannot be zero (d) Must be zero
(a) The particle will move towards the centre.
Field due to continuous mass
(b) The particle will move away from the centre, towards
26. The magnitudes of the gravitational field at distance r1 the nearest wall.
and r2 from the centre of a uniform sphere of radius R and
mass M are F1 and F2 respectively. Then (c) The particle will move towards the centre it m < M, and
away from the centre if m > M.
F1 r1
(a) if r1 R and r2 R (d) The particle will remain stationary.
F2 r2
30. A uniform ring of mass m and radius r is placed directly
F1 r22
(b) if r1 R and r2 R above a uniform sphere of mass M and of equal radius. The
F2 r12
centre of the ring is at a distance 3 r from the centre of the
F1 r1
(c) if r1 R and r2 R sphere. The gravitational force exerted by the sphere on the
F2 r2
ring will be
F1 r12 GMm GMm
(d) if r1 R and r2 R
F2 r22 (a) (b)
8r 2 4r 2
27. Two concentric shells of mass M1 and M2 are having radii 3 GMm GMm
r1 and r2. Which of the following is the correct expression (c) (d)
8r 2
16r 2
for the gravitational field on a mass m.
31. A solid sphere of radius R/2 is cut out of a solid sphere of
M2 r2 radius R such that the spherical cavity so formed touches
M1 the surface on one side and the centre of the sphere on the
r r1 other side, as shown. The initial mass of the solid sphere
was M. If a particle of mass m is placed at a distance 2.5 R
m
from the centre of the cavity, then what is the gravitational
attraction on the mass m ?
G M1 M 2
(a) I for r r1
r2
G M1 M 2
(b) I for r r2
r2
M2
(c) I G for r1 r r2
r2
GM1
(d) I for r1 r r2
r2
GMm GMm
28. A spherical shell is cut into two pieces along a chord as (a) (b)
shown in the figure. P is a point on the plane of the chord. R2 2R 2
The gravitational field at P due to the upper part is I1 and
that due to the lower part is I2. What is the relation between GMm 23 GMm
(c) (d)
them 8R 2 100 R 2
GRAVITATION 250
32. A solid sphere of uniform density and radius R applies a 35. Gravitational field at the centre of a semicircle formed by a
gravitational force of attraction equal to F1 on a particle thin wire AB of mass m and length l is :
placed at a distance 2R from the centre of the sphere. A
spherical cavity of radius R/2 is now made in the sphere as
shown in the figure. The sphere with the cavity now applies
a gravitational force F2 on the same particle. The ratio F1/F2
is
Gm Gm
(a) along + x axis (b) along +y axis
2 2
2 Gm 2 Gm
(c) along + x aixs (d) along + y axis
1 3 2 2
(a) (b)
2 4 36. Two identical thin uniform rods of mass m and lenght L are
placed as shown in figure. The gravitational interaction force
7 9 between the two rods is
(c) (d)
8 7
33. The following figure shows two shells of masses m1 and m2.
The shells are concentric. At which point, a particle of mass
m shall experience zero force ?
Gm2 Gm2
(a) (b)
4L2 2L2
Gm2 Gm 2 4
(c) (d) n
9L2 L2 3
GM 1 2
(a)
R 2 5
GM 2
(b) 1
R 2
31GM Gm
(a) (b)
1024 1024 (c) zero
Work and Potential Energy 43. P is a point at a distance r from the centre of a spherical
shell of mass M and radius a, where r < a. The gravitational
38. The magnitude of gravitational potential energy of a body
potential at P is
at a distance r from the centre of earth is u. Its weight at a
distance 2r from the centre of earth is GM GM
(a) (b)
u u r a
(a) (b)
r 4r
r ar
u 4r (c) GM (d) GM 2
(c) (d) a2 a
2r u
Potential Energy for multiple mass system Potential due to continuous mass (formula only)
44. P is a point at a distance r from the centre of a solid sphere
39. Three particles each of mass 100 gm are brought from a
of radius a. The gravitational potential at P is V. If V is
very large distance to the vertices of an equilateral triangle
plotted as a function of r, which is the correct curves ?
whose side is 20 cm in length. The work done will be
(a) 0.33 × 10–11 Joule
(b) – 0.33 × 10–11 Joule
(c) 1.00 × 10–11 Joule (a) (b)
n2 n
(c) mgR 2 (d) mgR Relation of Potential and Potential Energy
n 1 n 1
45. The gravitational potential due to the earth at infinite
41. What impulse need to be given to a body of mass m, released distance from it is zero. Let the gravitational potential at a
from the surface of earth along a straight tunnel passing point P be –5 J/kg. Suppose, we arbitrarily assume the
through centre of earth, at the centre of the earth, to bring it gravitational potential at infinity to be + 10 J/kg, then the
to rest. (Mass of earth M, radius or earth R) gravitational potential at P will be
(a) –5 J/kg (b) +5 J/kg
GM GMm
(a) m (b) (c) –15 J/kg (d) +15 J/kg
R R
46. A person brings a mass of 1 kg from infinity to a point A.
GM Initially the mass was at rest but it moves with a speed of
(c) m (d) zero
2R 2 m/s as it reaches A. The work done by the person on the
mass is – 3 J. The potential of A is
Potential due to discreet mass
(a) – 3 J/kg (b) – 2 J/kg
42. Two bodies of masses m and M are placed a distance d
(c) – 5 J/kg (d) – 7 J/kg
apart. The gravitational potential at the position where
Escape velocity and Maximum height
the gravitational field due to them is zero is V, then
47. The escape velocity for the earth is 11.2 km/sec. The mass
G Gm of another planet is 100 times that of the earth and its
(a) V m M (b) V radius is 4 times that of the earth. The escape velocity for
d d
this planet will be
GM G 2 (a) 112.0 km/s (b) 5.6 km/s
(c) V
d
(d) V
d
m M (c) 280.0 km/s (d) 56.0 km/s
GRAVITATION 252
48. The ratio of the radii of planets A and B is k1 and ratio of (c) The water and the glass have the same acceleration,
acceleration due to gravity on them is k2. The ratio of equal to g, towards the centre of the earth, and hence
escape velocities from them will be there is no relative motion between them
(a) k 1 k 2 (b) k 1 k 2 (d) The gravitation attraction between the glass and the
water balances the earth’s attraction on the water.
k1 k2 54. If a small part separates from an orbiting satellite, the part
(c) k2 (d) k1 will
49. For a satellite escape velocity is 11 km/s. If the satellite is (a) fall to the earth directly
launched at an angle of 60° with the vertical, then escape (b) move in a spiral and reach the earth after a new rotations
velocity will be (c) continue to move in the same orbit as the satellite
(a) 11 km/s (b) 11 3 km/s
(d) move farther away from the earth gradually
11 Orbital Velocity
(c) km/s (d) 33 km/s
3 55. If ve and v0 represent the escape velocity and orbital
Satellite Motion velocity of a satellite corresponding to a circular orbit of
50. A person sitting in a chair in a satellite feels weightless radius R, then
because
(a) ve = v0 (b) 2vo v e
(a) The earth does not attract the objects in a satellite
(b) The normal force by the chair on the person balances (c) ve v0 / 2 (d) ve and v0 are not related
the earth’s attraction
56. Two satellites of masses m1 and m2(m1 > m2) are revolving
(c) The normal force is zero
round the earth in circular orbits of radius r1 and r2(r1 > r2)
(d) The person in satellite is not accelerated respectively. Which of the following statements is true
51. Planetary system in the solar system describes regarding their speeds v1 and v2 ?
(a) Conservation of energy (a) v1 = v2 (b) v1 < v2
(b) Conservation of linear momentum v1 v 2
(c) Conservation of angular momentum (c) v1 > v2 (d) r r
1 2
(d) None of these
57. A satellite is moving around the earth with speed v in a
52. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit around the
earth. The mass of the satellite is very small compared to circular orbit of radius r. If the orbit radius is decreased by
the mass of earth 1%, its speed will
(a) The acceleration of S is always directed towards the (a) Increase by 1% (b) Increase by 0.5%
centre of the earth
(c) Decrease by 1% (d) Decrease by 0.5%
(b) The angular momentum of S about the centre of the
earth changes in direction but its magnitude remains 58. Two satellite A and B go round a planet P in circular orbits
constant having radii 4R and R respectively. If the speed of the
(c) The total mechanical energy of S varies periodically satellite A is 3v, the speed of the satellite B will be
with time (a) 12 v (b) 6 v
(d) The linear momentum of S remains constant in 4 3
magnitude (c) v (d) v
3 2
53. Inside a satellite orbiting very close to the earth’s surface,
59. If orbital velocity of planet is given by v = Ga Mb Rc, then
water does not fall out of a glass when it is inverted. Which
of the following is the best explanation for this ? 1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) a , b , c (b) a ,b ,c
(a) The earth does not exert any force on the water. 3 3 3 2 2 2
(b) The earth’s force of attraction on the water is exactly
balanced by the force created by the satellite’s 1 1 1 1 1 1
(c) a ,b ,c (d) a ,b ,c
motion. 2 2 2 2 2 2
GRAVITATION 253
60. Two satellites of same mass are launched in the same orbit of b
radius r around the earth so as to rotate opposite to each a
A
other. If they collide inelastically and stick together as
S
wreckage, the total energy of the system just after collision is
2GMm GMm B
(a) (b) d c
r r
(a) t1 < t2 (b) t1 > t2
GMm
(c) (d) zero (c) t1 = t2 (d) t1 t2
2r
Kinetic, Potential, Binding, Total Energy 66. The earth E moves in an elliptical orbit with the sun S at
61. Two identical satellites are at R and 7R away from earth one of the foci as shown in figure. Its speed of motion will
surface, the wrong statement is (R = Radius of earth) be maximum at the point
(a) Ratio of total energy will be 4 C
E
(b) Ratio of kinetic energies will be 4
A B
(c) Ratio of potential energies will be 4 S
(a) 1 : 7 (b) 1 : 8 (d) The value of G does not depend on the nature of the
medium between the two bodies.
(c) 1 : 49 (d) 1 : 73/2
69. The value of the acceleration due to gravity g on earth
Kepler’s Second Law depends upon
65. The figure shows the motion of a planet around the sun in (a) the mass of the earth
an elliptical orbit with sun at the focus. The shaded areas A
(b) the average radius of the earth
and B are also shown in the figure which can be assumed
(c) the average density of the earth
to be equal. If t1 and t2 represent the time for the planet to
move from a to b and d to c respectively, then (d) none of the above quantities
GRAVITATION 254
70. Choose the correct statement (s) from the following 76. A satellite is orbiting the earth in a circular orbit of radius r. Its
(a) The gravitational forces between two particles are an (a) kinetic energy varies as 1/r
action and reaction pair.
(b) angular momentum varies as 1/ r
(b) Gravitation constant (G) is scalar but acceleration due to
gravity (g) is a vector. (c) linear momentum varies as 1/ r
3/2
(c) The values of G and g are to be determined experimentally. (d) frequency of revolution varies as 1/r
(d) G and g are constant everywhere. 77. An object is taken from a point P to another point Q in a
71. Choose the correct statement (s) from the following gravitational field
(a) The magnitude of the gravitational force between two (a) assuming the earth to be spherical, if both P and Q lie on
bodies of mass 1 kg each and separated by a distance of earth’s surface the work done is zero
1 m is 9.8 N.
(b) If P is on earth’s surface and Q above it, the work done is
(b) Higher the value of the escape velocity for a planet, the
minimum when it is taken along the straight line PQ
higher is the abundance of lighter gases in its atmosphere.
(c) The work done depends only on the position of P and Q and
(c) The gravitational force of attraction between two bodies
of ordinary mass is not noticeable because the value of is independent of the path along which the particle is taken
the gravitation constant is extremely small. (d) there is no net work done if the object is taken from P to
(d) Force of friction arises due to gravitational attraction. Q and then brought back to P, along any path
72. Choose the wrong statement (s) from the following 78. Consider a planet moving in an elliptical orbit around the
(a) It is possible to shield a body from the gravitational field sun. The work done on the planet by the gravitational force
of another body by using a thick shielding material of the sun
between them.
(a) is zero in any small part of the orbit.
(b) The escape velocity of a body is independent of the
mass of the body and the angle of projection. (b) is zero in some parts of the orbit.
(c) The acceleration due to gravity increases due to the (c) is zero in complete revolution
rotation of the earth.
(d) is zero in no part of the motion
(d) The gravitational force exerted by the earth on a body is
greater than that exerted by the body on the earth. 79. Let V and E denote the gravitational potential and
73. A comet is revolving around the sun in a highly elliptical gravitational field at a point. It is possible to have
orbit. Which of the following will remain constant (a) V = 0 and E = 0 (b) V = 0 and E 0
throughout its orbit ?
(c) V and E = 0 (d) V 0 and E 0
(a) Kinetic energy (b) Potential energy
80. An orbiting satellite will escape if
(c) Total energy (d) Angular momentum
(a) its speed is increased by 41%
74. The weight of an object will be
(a) zero at the centre of the earth (b) its speed in the orbit is made 1.5 times of its initial
(b) one-fourth of its value at sea level at a height equal to
value
the radius of the earth above its surface.
(c) its KE is doubled
(c) same in all satellites
(d) same at all points on the surface of the earth (d) it stops moving in the orbit
75. For two satellites at distance R and 7R above the earth’s 81. An astronaut, inside an earth satellite, experiences weightless-
surface, the ratio of their ness becasue
(a) total energies is 4 and potential and kinetic energies is 2 (a) no external force is acting on him
(b) potential energies is 4 (b) he is falling freely
(c) kinetic energies is 4 (c) no reaction is exerted by floor of the satellite
(d) total energies is 4 (d) he is far away from earth’s surface
GRAVITATION 255
82. If the radius of the earth suddenly decreases to 80% of its 87. Assertion : Generally the path of a projectile from the
present value, the mass of the earth remaining the same, the earth is parabolic but it is elliptical for projectiles going to
value of the acceleration due to gravity will a very large height.
–2
(a) remain unchanged (b) become 9.8/0.64 ms Reason : The path of a projectile is independent of the
(c) increase by 36% (d) increase by about 56% gravitational force of earth.
83. Which of the following are correct ? (a) A (b) B (c) C
(a) Escape velocity tells us how fast an object needs to go (d) D (e) E
to escape the planet’s gravity. 88. Assertion : We can not move even a finger without
(b) The time period of a geostationary satellite is 24 h. disturbing all the stars.
Reason : Every body in this universe attracts every other
(c) If a satellite revolves close to the earth’s surface, then
body with a force which is inversely proportional to the
velocity of the satellite is gR . square of distance between them.
(d) When a statellite is revolving around the earth in a fixed (a) A (b) B (c) C
orbit, its linear momentum changes continuously. (d) D (e) E
Assertion and Reason (For Q. 84 to 88) Assertion and Reason (For Q. 89 to 94)
(A) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true and (A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a
reason is the correct explanation of the assertion.
correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true but reason
(B) Statement-1True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT
is not the correct explanation of the assertion.
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(C) If ASSERTION is true but REASON is false.
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.
(D) If both ASSERTION and REASON are false.
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
(E) If ASSERTION is false but REASON is true.
89. Statement - 1 : Escape velocity is independent of the angle
84. Assertion : If earth suddenly stops rotating about its axis,
of projection.
then the value of acceleration due to gravity will become
same at all the places. Statement - 2 : Escape velocity from the surface of earth is
Reason : The value of acceleration due to gravity is gR where R is radius of earth.
independent of rotation of earth.
(a) A (b) B
(a) A (b) B (c) C
(d) D (e) E (c) C (d) D
85. Assertion : Orbital velocity of a satellite is greater than its 90. Statement - 1 : Gravitational potential is zero inside a shell.
escape velocity. Statement - 2 : Gravitational potential is equal to the work
Reason : Orbit of a satellite is within the gravitational field done in bringing a unit mass from infinity to a point inside
of earth whereas escaping is beyond the gravitational field gravitational field.
of earth.
(a) A (b) B
(a) A (b) B (c) C
(c) C (d) D
(d) D (e) E
91. Statement - 1 : A spherically symmetric shell produces no
86. Assertion : The time period of revolution of a satellite
gravitational field anywhere.
close to surface of earth is smaller than that revolving
away from surface of earth. Statement - 2 : The field due to various mass elements
Reason : The square of time period of revolution of a cancels out, everywhere inside the shell.
satellite is directly proportional to cube of its orbital radius. (a) A (b) B
(a) A (b) B (c) C (c) C (d) D
(d) D (e) E
GRAVITATION 256
92. Statement - 1 : Rate of change of weight near the earth’s 96. If object having total energy E1 is having same PE curve as
surface with height h is porportional to h°. shown in figure, then
(a) r0 is the maximum distance of object from earth's centre
Statement - 2 : Since gravitational potential is given by
v = – GM/r. (b) this object and earth system is bounded one
(c) the KE of the object is zero when r = r0
(a) A (b) B
(d) all the above
(c) C (d) D
97. If both the object have same PE curve as shown in figure, then
93. Statement - 1 : Two particles are to be projected from the (a) for object having total energy E2 all values of r are possible
surface of earth so that particles just leave the gravitational (b) for object having total energy E2 values of r < r0 are only
field of earth. One particle is projected vertically upward possible
and another is at an angle of 45° with vertical. Speed given (c) for object having total energy E1 all values of r are possible
to both particles is same. (d) none of these
Statement - 2 : Escape speed does not depend upon angle
of projection. Using the following Passage, solve Q. 98 to Q. 104
Passage – 2
(a) A (b) B
The satellites when launched from earth are not given the
(c) C (d) D orbital velocity initially, in practice, a multi-stage rocket
94. Statement - 1 : For a satellite revolving very near to earth’s propeller carries the space-craft upto its orbit and during
each stage rocket has been fired to increase the velocity to
surface the time period of revolution is given by 1 h 24 min.
acquire the desired velocity for a particular orbit. The last
Statement - 2 : The period of revolution of a satellite depends stage of the rocket brings the satellite in circular/elliptical
only upon its height above the earth’s surface. (desired) orbit.
Consider a satellite of mass 150 kg in low circular orbit, in this
(a) A (b) B orbit, we can't neglect the effect of air drag. This air drag
(c) C (d) D opposes the motion of satellite and hence total mechanical
energy of earth-satellite system decreases means total energy
Paragraph becomes more negative and hence orbital radius decreases
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 95 to Q. 97 which causes the increase in KE. When the satellite comes in
enough low orbit, the excessive thermal energy generation
Passage – 1 due to air friction may cause the satellite to burn up.
In the graph shown, the PE of earth-satellite system is shown 98. What is the reason that during launching of satellite, while
by solid line as a function of distance r (the separation crossing the atmosphere it don't get burnt, but while falling down
between earth's centre and satellite). The total energy of towards earth or if orbiting in lower orbit, it gets burnt up ?
two objects which may or may not be bounded to earth are (a) While going up air friction force doesn't come into existence
shown in figure by dotted lines. (b) While going up satellite is with launching vehicle whose
speed is controllable
(c) While going up space-craft is protecting the satellite
from air friction by itself getting burned
(d) None of these
99. What would be the motion of satellite if air drag has to be
considered ?
(a) Moves with uniform speed in the launching orbit
(b) Orbital radius decreases continuously as a result moves
95. Mark the correct statement(s) with non-uniform velocity in elliptical orbit
(a) The object having total energy E1 is bounded one. (c) Orbital radius decreases continuously and hence
(b) The object having total energy E2 is bounded one. collapses with earth after some time in random manner
and there is equal chance of burning up the satellite due
(c) Both the objects are bounded one. to air friction also
(d) Both the objects are unbounded one. (d) Moves with non-uniform speed in the launching orbit
GRAVITATION 257
100. It has been mentioned in passage that as r decreases, E 105. The minimum and maximum speeds
decreases but K increases. The increases in K is [E = Total
GM 2GM GM 3GM
mechanical energy, r = Orbital radius, K = Kinetic energy] is (a) , (b) ,
9R R 5R 2R
(a) due to increase in gravitational PE
(b) due to decrease in gravitational PE GM 2GM GM 5GM
(c) , (d) ,
6R 3R 3R 2R
(c) due to work done by air friction force
106. Radius of curvature at the point of minimum distance is
(d) both (b) and (c)
101. If due to air drag, the orbital radius of earth decreases from 8R 5R
(a) (b)
R to R – R, R << R, then the expression for increase in 3 3
orbital velocity v is
4R 7R
(c) (d)
R GM R GM 3 3
(a) (b)
2 R3 2 R3 Match the Columns
GM GM 107. For a planet orbiting about sun in elliptical orbit, some
(c) R (d) R incomplete statements regarding physical quantities are
R3 R3
given in Column–I, which can be completed by using entries
102. For information given in above question, the change in KE, of Column–II. Match the entries of Column–I with the entries
k is
of Column–II.
GMm GMm Column–I Column–II
(a) R (b) R
R2 R2 (A) Maximum PE of sun planet system (P) is at perihelion.
109. Considering earth to be a homogeneous sphere but keeping 113. Two satellites A and B of equal mass move in the equitorial
in mind its spin, match the following : plane of the earth, close to the earth's surface. Satellite A
Column I Column II moves in the same direction as that of the rotation of the
(a) Acceleration due to (p) May change from point to earth while satellite B moves in the opposite direction.
Calculate the ratio of the kinetic energy of B to that of A in
gravity point.
the reference frame fixed to the earth.
(b) Orbital angular momentum (q) Does not depend on
(g = 9.8 m/s2, R = 6.37 × 106 m)
of the earth as seen from direction of projection
114. Three particles of mass m each are placed at the three corners
a distant star of an equilateral triangle of side a. Find the work (in 10–10 J)
(c) Escape velocity from the (r) Remains constant which should be done on this system to increase the sides
(d) Gravitational potential (s) Depend on direction 115. Earth is a shpere of uniform mass density. How much would
due to earth at a particular of projection a body weigh (in × 10 N) half ways down the centre of earth
if it weighed 100 N on the surface ?
point
116. An infinite collection of equal masses of 2 kg are kept on a
Integer type
horizontal line (x–axis) at positions x = 1, 2, 4, 8, ...... Find the
110. A sky lab of mass 2 × 103 kg is first launched from the surface gravitational potential at x = 0 (in –Gj units).
of earth in a circular orbit of radius 2R and then it is shifted
from this circular orbit to another circular orbit of radius 3R. 117. Two satellites of mass ratio 1 : 2 are revolving around the
Calculate the minimum energy (in 108 J) required to shift earth in circular orbits such that the distance of the second
the lab from first orbit to the second orbit. R = 6400 km, satellite is four times as compared to the distance of the first
g = 10 m/s2 satellite. Find the ratio of their centripetal force.
111. Distance between the centres of two stars is 10 a. The masses 118. Distance between the centre of two stars is 10a. The masses
of these stars are M and 16M and their radii a and 2a
of these stars are M and 16 M and their radii are a and 2a,
respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight from the surface
respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight from the
of the larger star towards the smaller star. What should be its
minimum initial speed (in km/s) to reach the surface of the surface of the larger star towards the smaller star. What
smaller star ? (M = 6 × 1022 kg, a = 1200 km) should be its minimum speed to reach the surface of the
112. A man can jump vertically to a height of 1.5 m on the earth. smaller star (round off to the nearest integer in the unit of
Calculate the radius of a planet of the same mean density as
GM
that of the earth from whose gravitational field he could )
escape by jumping. Radius of earth is 6.41 × 106 m. a
GRAVITATION 259
Single Answer Questions 6. A simple pendulum has a time period T1 when on the earth’s
surface and T2 when taken to a height R above the earth’s
1. If the radius of the earth were to shrink by one per cent, its surface, where R is the radius of the earth. The value of
mass remaining the same ,the acceleration due to gravity on T2/T1 is : (2001)
the earth's surface would (1981)
(a) decrease (b) remain unchanged (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) increase (d) be zero (c) 4 (d) 2
2. If g is the acceleration due to gravity on the earth's surface, 7. A geostationary satellite orbits around the earth in a circular
the gain in the potential energy of an object of mass m orbit of radius 36,000 km. Then, the time period of a spy
raised from the surface of the earth to a height equal to the satellite orbiting a few hundred km above the earth's surface
radius R of the earth, is (1983)
(Re = 6400 km) will approximately be (2002)
1 (a) 1/2 h (b) 1 h
(a) mgR (b) 2 mgR
2
(c) 2 h (d) 4 h
1 8. A double star system consists of two stars A and B which
(c) mgR (d) mgR
4 have time periods TA and TB. Radius RA and RB and mass
3. Imagine a light planet revolving around a very massive star MA and MB. Choose the correct option. (2006)
in a circular orbit of radius R with a period of revolution T. If
the gravitational force of attraction between the planet and (a) If TA > TB then RA > RB (b) If TA > TB then MA > MB
–5/2
the star is proportional to R , then (1989) 2 3
T R
2
(a) T is proportional to R 2
(c) A A (d) TA = TB
TB RB
2 7/2
(b) T is proportional to R
9. A spherically symmetric gravitational system of particles
(c) T2 is proportional to R3/2
(d) T2 is proportional to R3.75 0 for r R
has a mass density
4. If the distance between the earth and the sun were half its 0 for r R
present value ,the number of days in a year would have
where 0 is a constant. A test mass can undergo circular
been (1996)
motion under the influence of the gravitational field of
(a) 64.5 (b) 129 particles. Its speed v as a function of distance r from the
(c) 182.5 (d) 730 centre of the system is represented by (2008)
10. A satellite is moving with a constant speed v in a circular (a) the gravitational field due to this object at the origin is
orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from zero
the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational (b) the gravitational field at the point B (2, 0, 0) is zero
pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy (c) the gravitational potential is the same at all points of
of the object is : (2011) 2 2
circle y + z = 36
1 (d) the gravitational potential is the same at all points on
(a) mv2 (b) mv
2
2 2
2 the circle y + z = 4
3 2 2
14. The magnitudes of the gravitational field at distance r1 and
(c) mv (d) 2 mv
2 r2 from the centre of a uniform sphere of radius R and mass
18. A geostationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a height of 26. Distance between the centres of two stars is 10 a. The masses
6 R above the surface of the earth where R is the radius of of these stars are M and 16 M and their radii a and 2a
earth. The time period of another satellite at a height of 3.5 R respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight from the
from the surface of the earth is ................ hours. (1987) surface of the larger star towards the surface of the smaller
star. What should be its minimum initial speed to reach the
19. The masses and radii of the Earth and the Moon are M1, R1
surface of the smaller star ? Obtain the expression in terms
and M2, R2 respectively. Their centres are a distance d apart. of G, M and a. (1996)
The minimum speed with which a particle of mass m should
R
be projected from a point midway between the two centres 27. There is a crater of depth on the surface of the moon
so as to escape to infinity is ................ . (1988) 100
(radius R). A projectile is fired vertically upward from the
20. The ratio of earth's orbital angular momentum (about the
15 2
crater with velocity, which is equal to the escape velocity v
sun) to its mass is 4.4 × 10 m /s. The area enclosed by from the surface of the moon. Find the maximum height
2
earth's orbit is approximately ................ m . (1997) attained by the projectile. (2003)
21. A particle is projected vertically upwards from the surface
6
of earth (radius R) with a kinetic energy equal to half of the 28. Gravitational acceleration on the surface of a planet is g,
11
minimum value needed for it to escape. The height to which
where g is the gravitational acceleration on the surface of
it rises above the surface of earth is ................ . (1997)
the earth. The average mass density of the planet is 2/3
True/False times that of the earth. If the escape speed on the surface of
–1
22. It is possible to put an artificial satellite into orbit in such a way the earth is taken to be 11 kms , the escape speed on the
that it will always remain directly over New Delhi. (1984) –1
surface of the planet in kms will be (2010)
Subjective Questions 29. A large spherical mass M is fixed at one position and two
identical point masses m are kept on a line passing through
23. Two satellites S1 and S2 revolve round a planet df in coplanar the centre of M (see figure). The point masses are connected
circular orbits in the same sense. Their periods of revolution by rigid massless rod of length l and this assembly is free
are 1 h and 8 h respectively. The radius of the orbit of S1 is to move along the line connecting them. All three masses
4 interact only through their mutual gravitational interaction.
10 km. When S2 is closest to S1. Find (1986)
When the point mass nearer to M is at a distance r = 3l from
(a) the speed of S2 relative to S1
M
(b) the angular speed of S2 as actually observed by an M, the tension in the rod is zero for m = k . The
astronaut in S1. 288
24. Three particles, each of mass m, are situated at the vertices value of k is (2015)
of an equilateral triangle of side length a. The only forces
acting on the particles are their mutual gravitational forces.
It is desired that each particle moves in a circle while
maintaining the original mutual separation a. Find the initial
velocity that should be given to each particle and also the
time period of the circular motion. (1988) 30. A bullet is fired vertically upwards with velocity v from
25. An artificial satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the the surface of a spherical planet. When its reaches its
earth with a speed equal to half the magnitude of escape maximum height, its acceleration due to the planet’s
velocity from the earth. (1990) 1
gravity is th of its value of the surface of the planet. If
(a) Determine the height of the satellite above the earth's 4
surface.
the escape velocity from the planet is vesc v N, then
(b) If the satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit and
allowed to fall freely onto the earth, find the speed with the value of N is (ignore energy loss due to atmosphere)
which it hits the surface of the earth. (2015)
GRAVITATION 262
ANSWER KEY
G
17. angular momentum 18. 8.48 19. v 2 M1 M 2 20. 6.94 × 1022 21. h = R 22. F
d
Gm a3
4 –4
23. (a) – × 10 km/h (b) 3 × 10 rad/s 24. v , T 2 25. (a) 6400 km, (b) 7.9 km/s
a 3 Gm
3 5 GM
26. 27. 99.5 R 28. 0003 29. (0007) 30. (0002)
2 a
Dream on !!